Material
| Item | Specification | Fill Capacity |
|---|---|---|
| Threadlock and Sealer TA-25 | WSK-M2G351-A5 |
Material
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
| Description | Nm | Lb-ft | Lb-in |
|---|---|---|---|
| Front Seat | |||
| Cushion frame-to-seat track nuts | 36 | 27 | |
| Occupant classification system module (OCSM)-to-bracket screws | 2 | 18 | |
| Recliner-to-cushion frame bolts | 55 | 41 | |
| Safety belt buckle and pretensioner nuts | 36 | 27 | |
| Safety belt retractor belt anchor bolt | 40 | 30 | |
| Seat track horizontal screw block bolt | 28 | 21 | |
| Seat track-to-floor bolts a | |||
| Seat track-to-OCS rail bolts | 25 | 18 | |
| Side air bag module bolts | 10 | 89 | |
| Supplemental restraint system (SRS) seat position sensor-to-seat track bolt | 6 | 53 | |
| 60/40 Bench - Second Row | |||
| 40 percent bench lower latch bolts | 40 | 30 | |
| 40 percent bench safety belt buckle bolt | 55 | 41 | |
| 40 percent bench seat-to-floor nuts and bolts a | |||
| 40 percent bench upper latch bolts | 40 | 30 | |
| 40 percent bench upper pivot latch bolts | 40 | 30 | |
| 60 percent bench cable tether-to-floor bolt (Explorer/Mountaineer late build) a | |||
| 60 percent bench cable tether-to-riser frame nut (Explorer/Mountaineer late build) | 55 | 41 | |
| 60 percent bench inboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts | 40 | 30 | |
| 60 percent bench inboard latch-to-riser frame front bolt (early production with Torx® head) | 76 | 56 | |
| 60 percent bench inboard latch-to-riser frame front bolt (late production with hex head) | 121 | 89 | |
| 60 percent bench outboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts | 40 | 30 | |
| 60 percent bench outboard latch-to-riser frame bolts | 40 | 30 | |
| 60 percent bench safety belt anchor bolt (early production with Torx® head) | 76 | 56 | |
| 60 percent bench safety belt anchor bolt (late production with hex head) | 121 | 89 | |
| 60 percent bench safety belt retractor bolt | 75 | 55 | |
| 60 percent bench seat-to-floor nuts and bolts a | |||
| 60 percent bench upper latch-to-backrest frame bolts (late production Sport Trac) | 25 | 18 | |
| 60 percent bench upper pivot latch bolts | 40 | 30 | |
| Floor studs (M10) b | 30 | 22 | |
| Floor studs (M12) b | 35 | 26 | |
| Seat latch striker bolts (late production Sport Trac) | 30 | 22 | |
| 60/40 E-Z Entry - Second Row | |||
| 40 percent E-Z entry cushion frame-to-kneeling mechanism bolts | 45 | 33 | |
| 40 percent E-Z entry cushion frame-to-latch feet assembly bolts | 45 | 33 | |
| 40 percent E-Z entry damper rod-to-kneeling mechanism bolt | 8 | 71 | |
| 40 percent E-Z entry inboard recliner and safety belt buckle-to-cushion frame bolt | 55 | 41 | |
| 40 percent E-Z entry inboard/outboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts | 55 | 41 | |
| 40 percent E-Z entry kneeling mechanism-to-mounting plate nuts | 41 | 30 | |
| 40 percent E-Z entry mounting plate-to-floor nuts and bolts a | |||
| 40 percent E-Z entry recliner-to-backrest frame bolts a | |||
| 60 percent E-Z entry cushion frame-to-kneeling mechanism bolt | 55 | 41 | |
| 60 percent E-Z entry cushion frame-to-latch foot assembly bolt | 40 | 30 | |
| 60 percent E-Z entry inboard recliner-to-kneeling mechanism bolt | 55 | 41 | |
| 60 percent E-Z entry inboard recliner-to-latch foot assembly bolt | 55 | 41 | |
| 60 percent E-Z entry inboard/outboard recliner-to-backrest frame bolts a | |||
| 60 percent E-Z entry inboard/outboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts | 55 | 41 | |
| 60 percent E-Z entry kneeling mechanism-to-mounting plate nuts | 41 | 30 | |
| 60 percent E-Z entry mounting plate-to-floor nuts and bolts a | |||
| 60 percent E-Z entry safety belt anchor bolt | 55 | 41 | |
| 60 percent E-Z entry safety belt buckle assembly bolts | 40 | 30 | |
| 60 percent E-Z entry safety belt retractor bolt | 75 | 55 | |
| E-Z entry floor stud (M10) b | 30 | 22 | |
| Bucket - Second Row | |||
| Bucket floor stud b | 30 | 22 | |
| Bucket front spring hinge bolts | 23 | 17 | |
| Bucket lower latch bolts | 40 | 30 | |
| Bucket outboard lower latch nuts | 40 | 30 | |
| Bucket seat-to-floor nuts and bolts a | |||
| Bucket safety belt buckle bolt | 47 | 35 | |
| Bucket upper latch bolts | 23 | 17 | |
| Third Row | |||
| Cushion pivot link assembly-to-cushion frame nuts | 22 | 16 | |
| Cushion pivot link assembly-to-floor mounting bracket nuts | 22 | 16 | |
| Floor mounting bracket center front/rear nut | 40 | 30 | |
| Floor mounting bracket center stud (M10) b | 30 | 22 | |
| Floor mounting bracket front bolt | 40 | 30 | |
| Floor mounting bracket LH/RH bolts | 20 | 15 | |
| Floor mounting bracket LH/RH nut | 20 | 15 | |
| Floor mounting bracket LH/RH studs (M8) b | 15 | 11 | |
| Head restraint-to-backrest frame bolts | 25 | 18 | |
| Hinge-to-backrest frame bolts | 25 | 18 | |
| Hinge-to-cushion frame bolt | 25 | 18 | |
| Latch-to-backrest frame bolts | 25 | 18 | |
| Latch-to-cushion frame bolt | 25 | 18 | |
| Latch-to-floor mounting bracket nuts | 22 | 16 | |
| Safety belt buckle assembly-to-latch nut | 75 | 55 | |
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
a Refer to procedure in this article.
b Apply threadlock before installing.
Front Seats
The 4 configurations of front seats consist of the following
- 10-way power seats (includes power recline and power lumbar)
- 10-way power seats with memory (Explorer and Mountaineer only)
- 6-way power seats
- Manual seats
The front seats can be equipped with the following systems
- Manual seat tracks
- 6-way power seat tracks
- Heated seats
- Memory driver seat with easy entry/easy exit (if feature enabled) (Explorer/Mountaineer only)
- Manual lumbar
- Manual recline
- Power lumbar (driver seat only)
- Power recline (driver seat only)
- Occupant classification sensor (OCS) system on passenger seat
Memory Seats
The power driver seat and power adjustable pedals are controlled by the driver seat module (DSM) only when the vehicle is equipped with the programmable/recall memory option. This system allows automatic positioning of the driver power bucket seat, exterior power mirrors and adjustable pedals to 2 programmable positions. Memory positions can be stored at any time. A memory recall can be initiated only if the vehicle is in PARK or NEUTRAL and the ignition switch is not in START. A memory recall in progress will not be affected by moving the ignition switch to START or by moving the selector lever out of PARK or NEUTRAL. For information on programming memory positions or recalling a stored memory position, refer to Memory Position Programming . For information on remote keyless entry transmitter programming, refer to HANDLES, LOCKS, LATCHES AND ENTRY SYSTEMS article.
The DSM is located underneath the driver seat cushion. For information on installing a new DSM, refer to MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article. Programmable module installation (PMI) must be carried out when installing a new DSM. Refer to MODULE CONFIGURATION article.
This article only diagnoses concerns specific to the memory seat. To diagnose a memory adjustable pedal concern, refer to BRAKE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION article.
Easy Entry/Easy Exit
The easy entry/exit feature can be enabled/disabled using a scan tool. When enabled, the feature becomes a user accessible item on the message center allowing the user to turn the feature on and off. Refer to Driver Controls in the Owner's Literature or INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING CHIMES article for information on the message center.
Heated Seats
This system allows the electrical heating of the front seats on passenger demand.
The serviceable components of the system are
- the seat heating elements, located in the seat cushion and backrest.
- the heated seat control switch, located in the lower center of the instrument panel.
Manual Lumbar
The manual front seat backrest lumbar is adjusted by a knob mounted on the side of the seat cushion side shield.
Power Lumbar
The driver seat has an electro-mechanical backrest pad adjuster. The lumbar switch adjustment is on the side of the seat cushion side shield and is part of the seat control switch.
Manual Recline
The manual recline can be adjusted by a handle mounted on the outboard side of the cushion side shield.
Power Recline
The driver seat has an electro-mechanical backrest adjuster. The backrest adjustment switch is located on the side of the seat cushion side shield and is part of the seat control switch.
Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) System
The occupant classification sensor (OCS) system is standard equipment on all front passenger seats. For information on diagnosing or servicing the OCS system, refer to SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM article.
Second Row Seating
The following second row seating configurations are available
- 60/40 E-Z entry seat (Explorer/Mountaineer with 7 passenger seating)
- 60/40 bench seat (Explorer/Mountaineer with 5 passenger seating and all Explorer Sport Tracs) Early production Sport Trac 60 percent bench seat is held in the upright position with the inboard and outboard latches. The late production Sport Trac 60 percent bench seat backrest will be held in the upright position with the outboard and upper latches. The inboard latch is only a follower on late production Sport Trac. The upper latch striker is attached to the cab back wall. Late production Explorer/Mountaineer 60 percent bench seat will have a tether cable attached at the riser frame and to the floor. Early production will not have this tether cable.
- Two bucket seats with console (Explorer/Mountaineer with 6 passenger seating).
Third Row Seating
Note. The smart junction box (SJB) may also be identified as the generic electronic module (GEM).
An optional power or manual folding 50/50 bench seat is available for third row seating. The third row power fold seat control switches (if equipped) are located in the rear of the LH quarter trim panel. Third row seating is available with 60/40 E-Z entry seat or bucket seats in the second row.
Seats
Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Fluke 73III Automotive Meter 105-R0057 or equivalent Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool Flex Probe Kit 105-R025C or equivalent
Scheme 1
Scheme 2
Driver and Passenger Power Seats Without Memory
The 10-way power seat feature (driver seat only) moves the seat in 10 possible directions: the seat can be moved forward or backward and the front and back of the cushion can be moved up and down independently. The backrest of the seat can be moved forward and backward, and the lumbar in and out. All 10 positions are controlled by one switch. The power seat feature operates independent of the position of the ignition.
The 6-way power seat feature moves the seat in 6 possible directions: the seat can be moved forward or backward and the front and back of the cushion can be moved up and down independently. The power seat feature operates independent of the position of the ignition.
The power seat motors are hardwired to the seat control switch. The circuits are normally at ground through the seat control switch. An individual circuit is switched to voltage when a specific adjustment position is selected.
Power Driver Seat With Memory
Note. A memory recall can be initiated only if the vehicle is in PARK or NEUTRAL gear and the ignition switch is not in START. A memory recall in progress will not be affected by moving the ignition switch to START or by moving the gearshift lever out of PARK or NEUTRAL.
The driver power memory seat is controlled by the driver seat module (DSM). The memory seat feature allows the driver to program a personalized seat position that can be recalled using the memory switch or a remote keyless entry (RKE) transmitter. There are 2 memory settings possible. The adjustable pedal (if equipped) positions are also stored and recalled with the driver memory seat positions.
The driver seat control switch provides voltage to the DSM when activated. The NEUTRAL position of each driver seat control switch position is a ground state through the seat control switch contacts. A voltage input causes the DSM to power the appropriate motor until the input is removed. Ground is the normal state of the motor circuits through the DSM and is not switched to control the motors. The DSM internally switches the appropriate circuit from ground to voltage for operating the motors.
As the seat is adjusted, the DSM constantly monitors the motor position sensors to record the current seat position. The DSM will remove voltage from the motor upon termination of the seat control switch input or if the DSM does not see movement from the motor by monitoring the position sensor.
The DSM communicates DTC and other information using the medium-speed controller area network (MS-CAN) communication bus. It should be noted for diagnostics that because controller area network (CAN) bus communication is more robust and reliable than other methods, it may be possible to have limited module communication with one of the CAN bus circuits disconnected or shorted to ground. Refer to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article for information concerning MS-CAN bus communication.
Easy Exit/Easy Entry
The easy entry/exit feature moves the driver seat backwards about 50.8 mm (2 in) when the ignition key is removed from the ignition switch. The DSM receives a key out command over the MS-CAN communication network and powers the driver seat rearward. This function will not operate if the seat is less than the 50.8 mm (2 in) travel distance to the end of the track or the function has been disabled. The DSM will also cancel this operation if a valid input command is received from the driver seat control switch, memory SET switch or exterior mirror control switch.
The DSM will record the current driver seat positions before powering the seat for an easy exit operation. This recorded position will be used to return the driver seat to this position on the easy entry operation. During easy entry operation, the seat is returned to the position previous to the easy exit operation.
The easy entry/exit feature can be enabled/disabled using a scan tool. When enabled, the feature becomes a user accessible item on the message center allowing the user to turn the feature on and off. Refer to the Owner's Literature or INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING CHIMES article for information on the message center.
The driver and passenger heated seats share a common ignition and battery feed to the heated seat control switch assembly. The ignition feed powers the logic board and illumination of the heated seat switch assembly and the battery feed is used to provide voltage to the heater mats. The heated seat switch assembly uses a shared ground for the logic board and illumination.
When a heated seat switch is pressed with the ignition switch in RUN or START, a momentary ground is provided to the logic board of the heated seat switch assembly. The logic board then activates an internal relay in the heated seat switch assembly that provides voltage to a bi-metallic thermostat that is part of the seat cushion heater mat.
The driver seat cushion and backrest heater mats are wired in series as are the passenger seat cushion and backrest heater mats. The heated seat system is designed to maintain the temperature by the opening (no voltage to the heated seat mats) and closing (voltage supplied to the heated seat mats) of the bi-metallic thermostat.
The heated seat will remain ON until the heated seat switch is pressed or until ignition voltage is removed from the heated seat switch assembly.
Second Row 60/40 E-Z Entry Seats
The 7-passenger second row E-Z entry seat backrest will
- recline to 5 different positions. To recline either the 60 percent or the 40 percent backrest, while sitting in the seat, turn the recliner handle and push back to the desired position. With the backrest adjusted, release the recliner handle and the backrest will stay where positioned. To return the backrest, turn the recliner handle and allow the backrest to come forward with the spring load of the recliners.
- fold down. NOTE: Make sure that the head restraint is in the down position and no objects such as books, purses or briefcases are on the floor in front of the second row seats before folding the backrest down. NOTE: The backrest cannot be returned to the upright (vertical) position until the kneeling mechanism is returned to the standing (upright) position and the latch feet assembly is latched to the mounting plate strikers. To fold down either the 60 percent or the 40 percent seat backrest, lower the head restraint by pulling on the release strap. Turn the recliner handle or pull the third row occupant release strap and fold the backrest forward and down until it lays flat. To return the seat backrest to the upright (vertical) position, lift and pivot the top of the backrest toward the rear of the vehicle, rotating the backrest until you hear a click, locking it in the upright (vertical) position. Make sure the seat backrest is locked in position.
The 7-passenger, second row E-Z entry seats can be positioned in 2 functional positions. The E-Z entry seat will
- kneel to create a level cargo area (load floor) after the backrest has been folded down. NOTE: To kneel the seat, the backrest must be folded forward and all the way down. Remove anything between the backrest and cushion that may prevent the backrest from folding all the way down. The front legs of the seat will pivot forward and lower (kneel) the seat creating a level load floor with the rear cargo area of the vehicle. Fold the backrest forward and all the way down. Lift the kneeling mechanism release handle in the back of the backrest and moderately push the seat forward and down into the kneel position. To stand the seat back up from the load floor position, lift up with moderate force at the front of the seat cushion frame, pivot the seat up and toward the rear of the vehicle until the kneeling mechanism is locked in place. Make sure the kneeling mechanism is locked in position by pushing the seat forward and down. Lift and pivot the top of the backrest toward the rear of the vehicle, rotating the backrest until you hear a click, locking it in the upright (vertical) position. Make sure the seat backrest is locked in position.
- fold up out of the way (E-Z entry position), after the backrest has been folded down, to allow access to the third row seats through the second row doors. NOTE: To release the latch feet from the mounting plate strikers and position the seat to the E-Z entry position, the backrest must be folded forward and all the way down. Remove anything between the backrest and cushion that may prevent the backrest from folding all the way down. NOTE: The recliner handle or third row occupant release strap must be released once the backrest is folded down then actuated a second time to release the seat from the mounting plate strikers. Fold the backrest forward and down. Once the backrest is positioned down, release the recliner handle or third row occupant release strap. Turn the recliner handle or pull the third row occupant release strap a second time until the seat releases from the mounting plate strikers. Lift up on the rear of the seat, pivoting it forward, away from the third row seats and up to the E-Z entry position. To return the seat, push the rear of the seat down with moderate force to latch the seat to the mounting plate strikers. Make sure the seat is latched to the mounting plate strikers by lifting up on the rear of the seat. Lift and pivot the top of the backrest toward the rear of the vehicle, rotating the backrest until you hear a click, locking it in the upright (vertical) position. Make sure the seat backrest is locked in position.
Third Row Power Fold Seat
Note. To prevent possible damage to the third row seat or the safety belts, make sure that the safety belts are not fastened when moving the seat to the load floor position.
Note. Make sure that no objects such as books, purses or briefcases are on the floor in front of the third row seats or on the seat cushion before lowering the backrest(s) or the seat may not fold all the way down.
Note. The smart junction box (SJB) may also be identified as the generic electronic module (GEM).
For the third row power-fold seat to operate, a shared ground is supplied by the smart junction box (SJB) to both of the power-fold seat relays, enabling the seats to then be moved by pressing one of the third row power-fold seat control switches. The third row power-fold seat operates only when the vehicle is in PARK and the liftgate glass or liftgate door are open.
The third row power-fold seat relays will be provided ground on the coil side from the SJB for 30 minutes when the transmission selector is in PARK, and the liftgate, or liftgate glass is open. The ground will be disabled 30 minutes after turning the vehicle OFF. If the ground is disabled after 30 minutes, the ground can be enabled by opening any door, pressing the unlock key on the key fob, pressing any keyless keypad button or turning the ignition key.
The third row power-fold seat motors transfer movement to a drive screw and bracket assembly to raise and lower the seat backrest and cushion.
Inspection and Verification
- Verify the customer concern.
- Visually inspect for obvious signs of mechanical and electrical damage. VISUAL INSPECTION CHART Mechanical Electrical Switch(es) Seat tracks obstructed or damaged Power lumbar assembly damaged Power recline assembly damaged Driver power seat fuse: Battery junction box (BJB) fuse 14 (40A) Passenger power seat fuse: BJB fuse 10 (30A) Driver seat module (DSM) fuses (vehicles with memory seats only): BJB fuse 14 (30A) Smart junction box (SJB) fuse 1 (20A) Third row power-fold seat fuses: BJB fuse 5 (30A) (left) BJB fuse 12 (30A) (right) Heated seat fuses: BJB fuse 28 (20A) SJB fuse 18 (10A) Wiring harness Loose or corroded connections Seat control switch(es) Power seat motor(s) Memory set switch DSM Heated seat control switch(es) Seat cushion heater Seat back heater Lumbar control switch Power lumbar motor
- If an obvious cause for an observed or reported concern is found, correct the cause (if possible) before proceeding to the next step.
- If the concern is with the power seat (non-memory seat) or heated seat and the cause is not visually evident, verify the symptom and Go to «Symptom Chart»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
- If the concern is with the memory seat or the third row power-fold seat and the cause is not visually evident, connect the scan tool to the data link connector (DLC).
- If the scan tool does not communicate with the VCM: check the VCM connection to the vehicle. check the scan tool connection to the VCM. refer to «MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#module-communications-network) article, No Power To The Scan Tool, to diagnose no communication with the scan tool.
- If the scan tool does not communicate with the vehicle: verify the ignition key is in the ON position. verify the scan tool operation with a known good vehicle. refer to «MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#module-communications-network) article to diagnose no response from the PCM.
- Carry out the network test. If the scan tool responds with no communication for one or more modules, refer to «MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#module-communications-network) article. If the network test passes, retrieve and record continuous memory DTCs.
- Clear the continuous DTCs and carry out the self-test diagnostics for the DSM or smart junction box (SJB).
- If the DTCs retrieved are related to the concern, go to «Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__driver-seat-module-dsm-dtc-table) or «Smart Junction Box (SJB) DTC Table»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__smart-junction-box-sjb-dtc-table) . For all other DTCs, refer to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article.
- If no DTCs related to the concern are retrieved, go to «Symptom Chart»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table
| DTC | Description | Retrieved | Action |
|---|---|---|---|
| B1342 | ECU is Faulted | On-Demand and Continuous | INSTALL a new driver seat module (DSM) and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article. REPEAT the self-test. |
| B1530 | Memory SET Switch Circuit Short to Ground | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B1534 | Memory 1 Switch Circuit Short to Ground | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B1538 | Memory 2 Switch Circuit Short to Ground | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B1663 | Seat Driver Front Up/Down Motor Stalled | On-Demand | If the motor does not operate, go to Pinpoint Test I . If motor operates, go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B1664 | Seat Driver Rear Up/Down Motor Stalled | On-Demand | If the motor does not operate, go to Pinpoint Test I . If motor operates, go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B1665 | Seat Driver Forward/Backward Motor Stalled | On-Demand | If the motor does not operate, go to Pinpoint Test I . If motor operates, go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B1666 | Seat Driver Recline Motor Stalled | On-Demand | If the motor does not operate, go to Pinpoint Test I . If motor operates, go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B1703 | Seat Driver Recline Forward Switch Circuit Short to Battery | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test I . |
| B1707 | Seat Driver Recline Rearward Switch Circuit Short to Battery | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test I . |
| B1711 | Seat Driver Front Up Switch Circuit Short to Battery | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test I . |
| B1715 | Seat Driver Front Down Switch Circuit Short to Battery | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test I . |
| B1719 | Seat Driver Forward Switch Circuit Short to Battery | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test I . |
| B1723 | Seat Driver Rearward Switch Circuit Short to Battery | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test I . |
| B1727 | Seat Driver Rear Up Switch Circuit Short to Battery | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test I . |
| B1731 | Seat Driver Rear Down Switch Circuit Short to Battery | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test I . |
| B1952 | Seat Rear Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to Battery | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B1953 | Seat Rear Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to Ground | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B1956 | Seat Front Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to Battery | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B1957 | Seat Front Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to Ground | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B1960 | Seat Recline Forward/Backward Position Feedback Circuit Short to Battery | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B1961 | Seat Recline Forward/Backward Position Feedback Circuit Short to Ground | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B1964 | Seat Horizontal Forward/Rearward Position Feedback Circuit Short to Battery | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B1965 | Seat Horizontal Forward/Rearward Position Feedback Circuit Short to Ground | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B2084 | Memory Set Indicator Short to Ground | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| B2143 | Non Volatile Memory Failure (EEPROM) | Continuous | REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. If the DTC resets, INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT PMI. REFER to MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article. REPEAT the self-test. |
| B2477 | Module Configuration Failure | Continuous | NOTE: This DTC indicates PMI has not been done to a newly installed module or configuration data has been lost. Presence of this DTC alone does not prevent basic seat operation from the seat control switch. CARRY OUT PMI on the DSM. REFER to MODULE CONFIGURATION article. REPEAT the self-test. If PMI is successful, the DTC will not be present. |
| U1900 | CAN Communication Bus Fault - Receive Error | On-Demand and Continuous | NOTE: Do not install a new DSM as part of repair for a DSM DTC U1900 fault. The DSM is not the source of the fault when DTC U1900 is present. CLEAR the DTC. REPEAT the self-test. If the DTC is retrieved again, REFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article to diagnose the medium-speed communication area network (MS-CAN) concern. |
| U2050 | No Application Present | Continuous | INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT PMI. REFER to MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article. REPEAT the self-test. |
| All Other DTCs | REFER to the Master DTC Table in MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article. |
| NOTE |
|---|
| This DTC indicates PMI has not been done to a newly installed module or configuration data has been lost. Presence of this DTC alone does not prevent basic seat operation from the seat control switch. |
| NOTE |
|---|
| Do not install a new DSM as part of repair for a DSM DTC U1900 fault. The DSM is not the source of the fault when DTC U1900 is present. |
Smart Junction Box (SJB) DTC Table
Note. The smart junction box (SJB) may also be identified as the generic electronic module (GEM).
| DTC | Description | Source | Action |
|---|---|---|---|
| B2794 | Third Row Power Fold Circuit Failure | On-Demand and Continuous | Go to Pinpoint Test P . |
| All Other DTCs | REFER to the Master DTC Table in MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article. |
Symptom Chart
| Condition | Possible Sources | Action |
|---|---|---|
| No communication with the driver seat module (DSM) | Fuse Circuitry DSM | REFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article. |
| No communication with the DSM - unable to carry out self-test | Circuitry DSM | REFER to MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK article. |
| The power seat is inoperative | Fuse Circuitry Front seat control switch | For driver seat with power recline, go to Pinpoint Test A . For driver seat without power recline, go to Pinpoint Test B . For passenger seat, go to Pinpoint Test C . |
| The power seat moves but is loose | Fastening hardware Seat track | Go to Pinpoint Test D . |
| The power seat moves but is noisy | Seat track | Go to Pinpoint Test E . |
| The power seat does not make full travel | Seat track obstructed Seat track | Go to Pinpoint Test F . |
| The power seat does not operate correctly - driver seat | Circuitry Front seat motors Front seat control switch | For driver power seat with power recline, go to Pinpoint Test G . For driver power seat without power recline, go to Pinpoint Test H . |
| The memory seat is inoperative/does not operate correctly - does not operate horizontally/vertically/recline | Circuitry Seat control switch DSM | Go to Pinpoint Test I . |
| The memory seat does not operate correctly - does not operate using the memory SET switch | Circuitry Memory SET switch DSM | Go to Pinpoint Test J . |
| The memory seat does not operate correctly - the seat moves in one-second intervals | Circuitry DSM | REFER to the DTC Table. |
| The memory seat does not operate correctly - the seat does not move to the correct memory position | Circuitry DSM Memory SET switch Seat track | REFER to the DTC Table. |
| The memory seat does not operate correctly - does not operate using the remote transmitter | Remote keyless entry (RKE) transmitter is not correctly associated to a memory position Circuitry RKE transmitter DSM Smart junction box (SJB) | VERIFY the RKE transmitter is operating correctly and is associated to a memory position. REFER to Owner's Literature or HANDLES, LOCKS, LATCHES AND ENTRY SYSTEMS article for information on associating a RKE transmitter. RUN the DSM self-test and REFER to Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table or to the Master DTC Table in MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES article to diagnose any DTCs retrieved. |
| The memory seat does not operate correctly - does not operate using the remote transmitter | Circuitry DSM Keyless entry transmitter | REFER to the DTC Table. |
| Easy exit/easy entry is inoperative/does not operate correctly | Circuitry Key in ignition switch Instrument cluster (IC) module DSM | Go to Pinpoint Test K . |
| The power seat does not operate correctly - passenger seat | Circuitry Seat control switch Seat track | Go to Pinpoint Test L . |
| The heated seats are inoperative | Fuse Circuitry Heated seat switch Seat cushion heater Seat back heater | Go to Pinpoint Test M . |
| The heated seat is inoperative - driver or passenger | Circuitry Heated seat switch Seat cushion heater Seat back heater | Go to Pinpoint Test N . |
| The power lumbar is inoperative | Circuitry Seat control switch Power lumbar motor assembly | Go to Pinpoint Test O . |
| The seat backrest will not fold down/fold upright - second row 60 percent or 40 percent E-Z entry seat | Third row occupant release strap not routed through recliner correctly Inboard/Outboard recliner Recliner release shaft | Go to Pinpoint Test P . |
| The seat will not release/latch to the floor strikers - second row 60 percent and 40 percent E-Z entry seat | Kneeling mechanism not locked in upright position Latch feet are not completely latched to the mounting plate strikers Cable from kneeling mechanism inboard leg to outboard recliner not routed correctly or damaged Inboard/Outboard recliner Recliner release shaft | Go to Pinpoint Test Q . |
| The seat will not kneel/stand - second row 60/40 E-Z entry seat | Kneeling mechanism not locked in upright position Latch feet are not completely latched to the mounting plate strikers Cable from kneeling mechanism inboard leg to outboard recliner not routed correctly or damaged Inboard/Outboard recliner Recliner release shaft | Go to Pinpoint Test R . |
| The power seats are inoperative - third row power fold seat | Circuitry Smart junction box (SJB) | Go to Pinpoint Test S . |
| The power seat is inoperative/does not operate correctly - third row power-fold seat, left | Fuse Circuitry Seat control switch(es) Power seat motor Power seat relay Power seat motor drive cable Power seat bracket and pivots | Go to Pinpoint Test T . |
| The power seat is inoperative/does not operate correctly - third row power-fold seat, right | Fuse Circuitry Seat control switch(es) Power seat motor Power seat relay Power seat motor drive cable Power seat bracket and pivots | Go to Pinpoint Test U . |
Symptom Chart
Pinpoint Tests
Note. Most faults are due to connector and/or wiring concerns. Carry out a thorough inspection and verification before proceeding with the pinpoint test.
Note. Use the correct probe adapter(s) from the Flex Probe Kit when taking measurements. Failure to use the correct probe adapter(s) may damage the connector.
Refer to Inspection and Verification , the Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table and the Symptom Chart for direction to the appropriate pinpoint test.
Pinpoint Test A: The Power Seat is Inoperative - Driver Seat With Power Recliner
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.
Normal Operation
The driver seat control switch is powered by battery voltage on circuit SBB14 (BN/RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD133 (BK). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies that voltage and ground to a power seat track motor or power recline motor to move the seat or backrest. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to that same power seat track motor or power recline motor, which moves the seat or backrest in the opposite direction. There are 3 power seat track motors that combine to move the seat cushion horizontally (forward/rearward) and vertically (front up/down and rear up/down). There is an additional motor in the power recline mechanism to move the seat backrest forward and rearward. If a new seat track motor needs to be installed, it is necessary to install an entire power seat track. The power recline motor is serviced separately.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Fuse
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- Seat control switch
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Scheme 3
- A1 CHECK CIRCUIT SBB14 (BN/RD) FOR VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C352 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat control switch C352-5, circuit SBB14 (BN/RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to A2 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 14 (40A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- A2 CHECK CIRCUIT GD133 (BK) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C352-3, circuit GD133 (BK), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
Pinpoint Test B: The Power Seat is Inoperative - Driver Seat Without Power Recliner
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.
The driver seat control switch is powered by battery voltage on circuit SBB14 (BN/RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD133 (BK). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies that voltage and ground to a power seat track motor to move the seat. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to that same power seat track motor, which moves the seat in the opposite direction. There are 3 power seat track motors that combine to move the seat cushion horizontally (forward/rearward) and vertically (front up/down and rear up/down). If a new seat track motor needs to be installed, it is necessary to install an entire power seat track.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Fuse
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- Seat control switch
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Scheme 4
Scheme 5
- B1 CHECK CIRCUIT SBB14 (BN/RD) FOR VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C3016 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat control switch C3016-4, circuit SBB14 (BN/RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to B2 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 14 (40A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- B2 CHECK CIRCUIT GD133 (BK) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C3016-2, circuit GD133 (BK), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
Pinpoint Test C: The Power Seat is Inoperative - Passenger Seat
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.
The passenger seat control switch is powered by battery voltage on circuit SBB10 (YE/RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD151 (BK/GN). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies that voltage and ground to a power seat track motor to move the seat. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to that same power seat track motor, which moves the seat in the opposite direction. There are 3 power seat track motors that combine to move the seat cushion horizontally (forward/rearward) and vertically (front up/down and rear up/down). If a new seat track motor needs to be installed, it is necessary to install an entire power seat track.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Fuse
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- Seat control switch
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
- C1 CHECK CIRCUIT SBB10 (YE/RD) FOR VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Passenger Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3202 Disconnect: Passenger Seat Side Air Bag C337 Disconnect: Passenger Seat Control Switch C355 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between passenger seat control switch C355-4, circuit SBB10 (YE/RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to C2 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 10 (30A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- C2 CHECK CIRCUIT GD151 (BK/GN) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between passenger seat control switch C355-2, circuit GD151 (BK/GN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new passenger seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
The power seat movement should be smooth and the seat cushion should not rock during or after operation.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Loose fastening hardware
- Seat track component
PINPOINT TEST D: THE POWER SEAT MOVES BUT IS LOOSE
- D1 CHECK THE FASTENING HARDWARE Inspect for loose fastening hardware on the affected seat. Is the fastening hardware loose? YES : TIGHTEN all fastening hardware to specification. TEST the system for normal operation. NO : IDENTIFY the cause and REPAIR as necessary. TEST the system for normal operation.
The power seat should move quietly during operation. Some noise is acceptable.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Misaligned seat track
- Seat track component
- Object obstructing seat movement
PINPOINT TEST E: THE POWER SEAT MOVES BUT IS NOISY
- E1 CHECK SEAT TRACK ALIGNMENT Check the alignment of the track to the floor and the track to the seat. Is the track out of alignment? YES : ALIGN the track to the seat and the floor. TEST the system for normal operation. NO : IDENTIFY the cause and REPAIR as necessary. TEST the system for normal operation.
The power seat should travel fully horizontal (forward/rearward) and vertical (front up/down and rear up/down).
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- An obstruction
- Seat track components
PINPOINT TEST F: THE POWER SEAT DOES NOT MAKE FULL TRAVEL
- F1 CHECK FOR AN OBSTRUCTION IN THE SEAT TRACK Key in OFF position. Depower the supplemental restraint system (SRS). Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Remove the affected seat. Refer to «Seat - Front»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-front) . Are there any obstructions in the track? YES : REMOVE the obstruction(s) and GREASE the track(s). REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. TEST the system for normal operation. NO : IDENTIFY the cause and REPAIR as necessary. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. TEST the system for normal operation.
Pinpoint Test G: The Power Seat Does Not Operate Correctly - Driver Seat With Power Recline
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.
The driver seat control switch is powered by battery voltage on circuit SBB14 (BN/RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD133 (BK). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies that voltage and ground to a power seat track motor or power recliner motor to move the seat or backrest. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to that same power seat track motor or power recliner motor, which moves the seat or backrest in the opposite direction. There are 3 power seat track motors that combine to move the seat cushion horizontally (forward/rearward) and vertically (front up/down and rear up/down). There is an additional motor in the power recliner mechanism to move the seat backrest forward and rearward. If a new seat track motor needs to be installed, it is necessary to install an entire power seat track. The power recline motor is serviced separately.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- Seat control switch
- Seat track motor (seat track)
- Power recliner mechanism
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Scheme 6
Scheme 7
Scheme 8
Scheme 9
Scheme 10
Scheme 11
Scheme 12
Scheme 13
Scheme 14
Scheme 15
Scheme 16
Scheme 17
- G1 CHECK THE HORIZONTAL DIRECTION MOTOR FOR CORRECT OPERATION Operate the driver power seat forward and rearward. Will the seat move horizontally? YES : Go to G2 . NO : Go to G3 .
- G2 CHECK THE RECLINER MOTOR FOR CORRECT OPERATION Recline the driver backrest forward and rearward. Will the seat backrest recline forward and rearward? YES : Go to G6 . NO : Go to G13 .
- G3 CHECK THE VOLTAGE TO THE DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: Driver Seat Motor C353 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat motor C353-6, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side and C353-3, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side, while pushing the driver seat control switch forward and rearward. Is the voltage greater than -10 volts when the switch is pushed forward, greater than +10 volts when the switch is pushed rearward and 0 volt when the switch is in a REST position? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to G4 .
- G4 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS28 (GN) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C352 Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C352-9, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side and driver seat motor C353-6, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C352-9, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat motor and the driver seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to G5 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- G5 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS23 (GN/VT) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C352-4, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side and driver seat motor C353-3, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C352-4, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat motor and the driver seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- G6 DETERMINE THE SEAT HEIGHT ADJUST FAILURE Operate the seat front and rear height adjustments. Does the seat front and rear height adjust up and down? YES : If only the front height adjust motor operates, go to G7 . If only the rear height adjust motor operates, go to G10 . NO : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- G7 CHECK THE VOLTAGE TO THE DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: Driver Seat Motor C353 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat motor C353-1, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side and C353-4, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side, while depressing the rear tilt switch up and down. Is the voltage greater than -10 volts when the rear tilt switch is pressed down, greater than +10 volts when the rear tilt switch is pressed up and 0 volt when the switch is in the rest position? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to G8 .
- G8 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS27 (BU/BN) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C352 Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C352-1, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side and driver seat motor C353-1, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C352-1, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat motor and the driver seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to G9 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- G9 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS26 (YE/BU) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C352-12, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side and driver seat rear motor C353-4, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C352-12, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat motor and the driver seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- G10 CHECK THE VOLTAGE TO DRIVER SEAT FRONT HEIGHT MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: Driver Seat Motor C353 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat motor C353-2, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), harness side and C353-5, circuit CPS24 (GY), while pushing the front tilting switch up and down. Is the voltage greater than +10 volts when the front tilt switch is pressed down, greater than -10 volts when the front tilt switch is pressed up and 0 volt when the switch is in the rest position? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to G11 .
- G11 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS25 (WH/VT) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C369 Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C352-2, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), harness side and driver seat motor C353-2, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C352-2, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat motor and the driver seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to G12 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- G12 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS24 (GY) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C352-6, circuit CPS24 (GY) harness side, and driver seat motor C353-5, circuit CPS24 (GY), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C352-6, circuit CPS24 (GY), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat motor and the driver seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- G13 CHECK VOLTAGE TO THE DRIVER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: Driver Seat Recliner Motor C3187 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat recliner motor C3187-1, circuit CPS29 (WH/BN), harness side and C3187-5, circuit CPS30 (VT/BN), while pushing the recline switch forward and rearward. Is the voltage greater than +10 volts when the switch is pushed forward, greater than -10 volts when the switch is pushed rearward and 0 volt when the switch is in a rest position? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat recliner motor. REFER to «Seat Recliner Motor»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-recliner-motor) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to G14 .
- G14 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS29 (WH/BN) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C352 Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C352-11, circuit CPS29 (WH/BN), harness side and driver seat recliner motor C3187-1, circuit CPS29 (WH/BN), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C352-11, circuit CPS29 (WH/BN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat recliner motor and the driver seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to G15 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- G15 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS30 (VT/BN) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C352-8, circuit CPS30 (VT/BN) harness side, and driver seat recliner motor C3187-5, circuit CPS30 (VT/BN), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C352-8, circuit CPS30 (VT/BN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat recliner motor and the driver seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
Pinpoint Test H: The Power Seat Does Not Operate Correctly - Driver Seat Without Power Recline
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.
The driver seat control switch is powered by battery voltage on circuit SBB14 (BN/RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD133 (BK). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies that voltage and ground to a power seat track motor to move the seat. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to that same power seat track motor, which moves the seat in the opposite direction. There are 3 power seat track motors that combine to move the seat cushion horizontally (forward/rearward) and vertically (front up/down and rear up/down). If a new motor needs to be installed, it is necessary to install an entire power seat track.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- Seat control switch
- Seat track motor (seat track)
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Scheme 18
Scheme 19
Scheme 20
Scheme 21
Scheme 22
Scheme 23
Scheme 24
- H1 CHECK HORIZONTAL DIRECTION MOTOR FOR CORRECT OPERATION Operate the driver power seat forward and rearward. Will the seat move horizontally? YES : Go to H5 . NO : Go to H2 .
- H2 CHECK VOLTAGE TO THE DRIVER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: Driver Seat Motor C353 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat motor C353-6, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side and C353-3, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side, while pushing the driver seat control switch forward and rearward. Is the voltage greater than -10 volts when the switch is pushed forward, greater than +10 volts when the switch is pushed rearward and 0 volt when the switch is in a rest position? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to H3 .
- H3 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS28 (GN) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C3016 Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C3016-6, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side and driver seat motor C353-6, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C3016-6, circuit CPS28 (GN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat motor and the driver seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to H4 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- H4 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS23 (GN/VT) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C3016-3, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side and driver seat motor C353-3, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C3016-3, circuit CPS23 (GN/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat motor and the driver seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- H5 DETERMINE THE SEAT HEIGHT ADJUST FAILURE Operate the seat front and rear height adjustments. Does the seat front and rear height adjust up and down? YES : If only the front height adjust motor operates, go to H6 . If only the rear height adjust motor operates, go to H9 . NO : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- H6 CHECK VOLTAGE TO THE DRIVER SEAT REAR HEIGHT MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: Driver Seat Motor C353 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat motor C353-1, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side and C353-4, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side, while depressing the rear tilt switch up and down. Is the voltage greater than -10 volts when the rear tilt switch is pressed down, greater than +10 volts when the rear tilt switch is pressed up and 0 volt when the switch is in the rest position? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to H7 .
- H7 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS27 (BU/BN) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C3016 Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C3016-5, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side and driver seat motor C353-1, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C3016-5, circuit CPS27 (BU/BN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat motor and the driver seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to H8 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- H8 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS26 (YE/BU) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C3016-7, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side and driver seat motor C353-4, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C3016-7, circuit CPS26 (YE/BU), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat motor and the driver seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- H9 CHECK THE VOLTAGE TO THE DRIVER SEAT FRONT HEIGHT MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: Driver Seat Motor C353 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat motor C353-2, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), harness side and C353-5, circuit CPS24 (GY), while pushing the rear tilting switch up and down. Is the voltage greater than +10 volts when the front tilt switch is pressed down, greater than -10 volts when the front tilt switch is pressed up and 0 volt when the switch is in the rest position? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to H10 .
- H10 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS25 (WH/VT) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Seat Control Switch C3016 Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C3016-1, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), harness side and driver seat motor C353-2, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C3016-1, circuit CPS25 (WH/VT), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat motor and the driver seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to H11 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- H11 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS24 (GY) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between driver seat control switch C3016-8, circuit CPS24 (GY) harness side, and driver seat motor C353-5, circuit CPS24 (GY), harness side; and between driver seat control switch C3016-8, circuit CPS24 (GY), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the driver seat motor and the driver seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the driver seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
Pinpoint Test I: The Memory Seat is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly - Does Not Operate Horizontally/Vertically/Recline
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Memory Seats for schematic and connector information.
Refer to appropriate appropriate COMPONENT TESTING article article.
The driver seat control switch is powered by battery voltage on circuit SBP01 (RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD133 (BK). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies the voltage and ground to the applicable driver seat module (DSM) inputs. The DSM then supplies voltage and ground to the appropriate power seat track motor or power recline motor based on the inputs received from the seat control switch. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to the DSM inputs, and the DSM likewise reverses polarity of the appropriate power seat track motor or power recliner motor circuits causing the seat or backrest to move in the opposite direction. There are 3 power seat track motors that combine to move the seat horizontally (forward/rearward) and vertically (front up/down and rear up/down). The seat backrest power recliner mechanism uses a single motor to move the seat backrest forward and rearward.
Battery voltage is also supplied to DSM on circuit SBP01 (RD) and SBB14 (BN/RD). Ground is supplied to the DSM on circuits GD133 (BK) and GD143 (BK/OG).
Each motor, in the memory power seat track and power recliner mechanism contains a Hall-effect position sensor. The DSM supplies a signal feed circuit to each position sensor and a shared reference signal return circuit. Each position sensor sends a signal voltage back to the DSM used to monitor the position of the power seat and seat backrest. The DSM uses this information to return the seat to a stored pre-programmed position when pressing the memory SET switch or a remote entry transmitter. Refer to Principles of Operation in this article or the Owner's Literature for information on programming the DSM for storing memory seat positions.
The following pinpoint test diagnoses a memory seat that does not operate in one or more directions when using the seat control switch. If the memory seat moves in all directions using the seat control switch, go to Pinpoint Test J .
| DTC Description | Fault Trigger Conditions |
|---|---|
| B1342 - ECU is Faulted | If a programming error is detected, the DTC is set. |
| B1663 - Seat Driver Front Up/Down Motor Stalled B1664 - Seat Driver Rear Up/Down Motor Stalled B1665 - Seat Driver Forward/Backward Motor Stalled | During the self test, the driver seat module (DSM) attempts to operate the appropriate seat track motor and uses the motor's position sensor to monitor movement. If no motor movement is sensed, the DTC is set. The DSM will retry motor operation on the next activation of the seat control switch. If no movement continues to be monitored after 250 milliseconds, the DSM disables the output. |
| B1666 - Seat Driver Recline Motor Stalled | During the self test, the DSM attempts to operate the recliner motor and uses the recliner motor position sensor to monitor movement. If no motor movement is sensed, the DTC is set. The DSM will retry motor operation on the next activation of the seat control switch. If no motor movement is still monitored after 250 milliseconds, the DSM disables the output. |
| B1703 - Seat Driver Recline Forward Switch Circuit Short to Battery B1707 - Seat Driver Recline Rearward Switch Circuit Short to Battery | If voltage is sensed on the switch input circuit during the DSM self test, the DTC is set. If voltage is sensed on the input circuit for greater than 2 minutes the DTC is set as continuous. With the DTC set, any input signal on the circuit is ignored. |
| B1711 - Seat Driver Front Up Switch Circuit Short to Battery B1715 - Seat Driver Front Down Switch Circuit Short to Battery | If voltage is sensed on the switch input circuit during the DSM self test, the DTC is set. If voltage is sensed on the input circuit for greater than 2 minutes the DTC is set as continuous. With the DTC set, any input signal on the circuit is ignored. |
| B1719 - Seat Driver Forward Switch Circuit Short to Battery B1723 - Seat Driver Rearward Switch Circuit Short to Battery | If voltage is sensed on the switch input circuit during the DSM self test, the DTC is set. If voltage is sensed on the input circuit for greater than 2 minutes the DTC is set as continuous. With the DTC set, any input signal on the circuit is ignored. |
| B1727 - Seat Driver Rear Up Switch Circuit Short to Battery B1731 - Seat Driver Rear Down Switch Circuit Short to Battery | If voltage is sensed on the switch input circuit during the DSM self test, the DTC is set. If voltage is sensed on the input circuit for greater than 2 minutes the DTC is set as continuous. With the DTC set, any input signal on the circuit is ignored. |
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Fuse
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- Seat control switch
- Missing status information (controller area network [CAN] communication bus message): ignition switch status gear selector position
- Power seat track
- Power recliner motor
- DSM
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Note. Verify good battery condition before diagnosing the memory seat system. Poor battery condition may interfere with memory seat operation, even if vehicle starting is possible.
Note. Verify the PID(s) states agree with the ignition switch and transmission gear selector in all positions before proceeding with memory seat diagnosis.
Scheme 25
Scheme 26
Scheme 27
Scheme 28
Scheme 29
Scheme 30
Scheme 31
Scheme 32
Scheme 33
Scheme 34
Scheme 35
Scheme 36
Scheme 37
Scheme 38
Scheme 39
Scheme 40
Scheme 41
Scheme 42
Scheme 43
Scheme 44
Scheme 45
- I1 CHECK DSM TRANSMISSION GEAR SELECTED (TRANSGEAR) PID STATES Connect the diagnostic tool. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PID: TRANSGEAR (PRNDL) Operate the transmission gear selector in all positions while monitoring the following DSM PID TRANSGEAR states: Drive1 Drive2 Drive3 D6_PRK NTRL REV D6_PRK Do the PID states agree with the selected positions? YES : Go to I2 . NO : To diagnose a transmission gear selector (PRNDL) status concern, REFER to «AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 5R55S»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/automatic-trans/#automatic-transmission-5r55s) article or «AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6R60»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/automatic-trans/#automatic-transmission-6r60) article.
- I2 CHECK THE IGNITION SWITCH STATUS (IGN_SW) PID Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM IGN_SW PID Cycle the ignition switch in all positions while monitoring the following DSM IGN_SW PID states: Off Accessory Run Start Do the PID states agree with the selected positions? YES : Go to I3 . NO : To diagnose an ignition switch status concern, REFER to «STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/steering-column-switches/#steering-column-switches) article.
- I3 RETRIEVE THE DTCs Using the switches, attempt to operate the memory seat and adjustable memory pedals in all directions through the full range of travel. NOTE: During the Self-Test, each memory motor will be requested to move for one second. If a motor is near the end of travel, that position sensor feedback will not change as expected for one second resulting in a false DTC. Place the memory seat and adjustable memory pedals in central travel positions. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Driver Seat Module (DSM) Self Test/Retrieve DTCs Are any DSM DTCs retrieved? YES : If DTCs B1663, B1664, B1665 and B1666 are all retrieved, go to I12 . If DTC B1663, go to I22 . If DTC B1664, go to I25 . If DTC B1665, go to I28 . If DTC B1666, go to I31 . If DTC B1703, go to I5 . If DTC B1707, go to I5 . If DTC B1711, go to I5 . If DTC B1715, go to I5 . If DTC B1719, go to I5 . If DTC B1723, go to I5 . If DTC B1727, go to I5 . If DTC B1731, go to I5 . If DTC 1342, INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. For vehicles equipped with seat side air bags, CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to I4 .
- I4 MONITOR THE DSM PIDs AND CHECK FOR CORRECT MEMORY SEAT SWITCH INPUTS Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PIDs Driver Power Seat Front Up/Down Switch (SFNT_SW) Driver Power Seat Forward/Backward Switch (SFWD_SW) Driver Power Seat Recline Switch Status (SRCL_SW) Driver Power Seat Rear Up/Down Switch (SREARSW) Operate the seat control switch in all positions while monitoring the DSM driver seat switch input status PIDs. Do the PID values agree with the switch positions? YES : Go to I11 . NO : VERIFY smart junction box (SJB) fuse 1 (20A) is OK. If SJB fuse 1 (20A) fails while operating the seat control switch, DISCONNECT the seat control switch C352 and Go to I9 . If SJB fuse 1 (20A) is OK, go to I5 .
- I5 CHECK THE SEAT CONTROL SWITCH Key in OFF position. Disconnect: Seat Control Switch C352 Check the seat control switch. Refer to appropriate COMPONENT TESTING article. Is the seat control switch OK? YES : Go to I6 . NO : INSTALL a new seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- I6 CHECK CIRCUIT SBP01 (RD) FOR VOLTAGE TO THE SEAT CONTROL SWITCH Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between seat control switch C352-5, circuit SBP01 (RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to I7 . NO : VERIFY SJB fuse 1 (20A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- I7 CHECK CIRCUIT GD133 (BK) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between seat control switch C352-3, circuit GD133 (BK), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to I8 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- I8 CHECK SEAT CONTROL SWITCH TO DRIVER SEAT MODULE CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Disconnect: DSM C341b Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between the following seat control switch C352 pins, harness side and ground. Connector Circuit C352-9 CPS28 (GN) C352-4 CPS23 (GN/VT) C352-2 CPS25 (WH/VT) C352-6 CPS24 (GY) C352-11 CPS29 (WH/BN) C352-8 CPS30 (VT/BN) C352-12 CPS26 (YE/BU) C352-1 CPS27 (BU/BN) Is voltage present on the circuit? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to I9 .
- I9 CHECK SEAT CONTROL SWITCH TO DSM CIRCUITS FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between the following seat control switch C352 pins, harness side and ground. Connector Circuit C352-9 CPS28 (GN) C352-4 CPS23 (GN/VT) C352-2 CPS25 (WH/VT) C352-6 CPS24 (GY) C352-11 CPS29 (WH/BN) C352-8 CPS30 (VT/BN) C352-12 CPS26 (YE/BU) C352-1 CPS27 (BU/BN) Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to I10 .
- I10 CHECK SEAT CONTROL SWITCH TO DSM CIRCUITS FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between the following seat control switch C352 pins, harness side and DSM C341b pins, harness side. Seat Control Switch Connector Circuit DSM Connector C352-9 CPS28 (GN) C341b-15 C352-4 CPS23 (GN/VT) C341b-3 C352-2 CPS25 (WH/VT) C341b-14 C352-6 CPS24 (GY) C341b-2 C352-11 CPS29 (WH/BN) C341b-17 C352-8 CPS30 (VT/BN) C341b-5 C352-12 CPS26 (YE/BU) C341b-4 C352-1 CPS27 (BU/BN) C341b-16 Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- I11 CHECK THE DSM FOR CORRECT OUTPUTS USING A SCAN TOOL AND DSM ACTIVE COMMANDS Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PIDs Front Motor Up (FRONT_UP) Front Motor Down (FRONT_DWN) Rear Motor Up (REAR_UP) Rear Motor Down (REAR_DWN) Horizontal Motor Forward (HORZ_FWD) Horizontal Motor Backward (HORZ_BWD) Recline Motor Forward (RECL_FWD) Recline Motor Backward (RECL_BWD) Toggle the DSM active commands ON and OFF while monitoring the seat movement. Does the driver seat operate correctly using the active commands? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : If no seat movement, go to I12 . If no front vertical seat movement, go to I22 . If no rear vertical seat movement, go to I25 . If no horizontal seat movement, go to I28 . If no recline seat movement, go to I31 .
- I12 CHECK DSM CIRCUIT SBB14 (BN/RD) FOR VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: DSM C341a WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between DSM C341a-2, circuit SBB14 (BN/RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to I13 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 14 (30A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- I13 CHECK CIRCUITS GD133 (BK) AND GD143 (BK/OG) FOR AN OPEN Disconnect: DSM C341c Measure the resistance between DSM C341a-1, circuit GD133 (BK), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341c-13, circuit GD143 (BK/OG), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to I14 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- I14 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS03 (VT/GY) AND CPS02 (GY/YE) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: DSM C341b Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-9, circuit CPS03 (VT/GY), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-23, circuit CPS02 (GY/YE), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to I16 . NO : Go to I15 .
- I15 CHECK FRONT HEIGHT POWER SEAT MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS03 (VT/GY) AND CPS02 (GY/YE) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Power Seat Motor C353 Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-9, circuit CPS03 (VT/GY), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-23, circuit CPS02 (GY/YE), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- I16 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS05 (BU/WH) AND CPS04 (YE/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-8, circuit CPS05 (BU/WH), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-22, circuit CPS04 (YE/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to I18 . NO : Go to I17 .
- I17 CHECK THE REAR HEIGHT POWER SEAT MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS05 (BU/WH) AND CPS04 (YE/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Power Seat Motor C353 Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-8, circuit CPS05 (BU/WH), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-22, circuit CPS04 (YE/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- I18 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS06 (GN/WH) AND CPS01 (GN/BU) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-10, circuit CPS06 (GN/WH), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-12, circuit CPS01 (GN/BU), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to I20 . NO : Go to I19 .
- I19 CHECK THE HORIZONTAL POWER SEAT MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS06 (GN/WH) AND CPS01 (GN/BU) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Power Seat Motor C353 Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-10, circuit CPS06 (GN/WH), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-12, circuit CPS01 (GN/BU), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- I20 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS07 (GY/BN) AND CPS08 (VT/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-11, circuit CPS07 (GY/BN), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-21, circuit CPS08 (VT/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to I21 .
- I21 CHECK THE DRIVER POWER SEAT RECLINER MOTOR CIRCUITS CPS07 (GY/BN) AND CPS08 (VT/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Driver Power Seat Recliner Motor C3187 Measure the resistance between DSM 341b-11, circuit CPS07 (GY/BN), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-21, circuit CPS08 (VT/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat recliner motor. REFER to «Seat Recliner Motor»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-recliner-motor) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- I22 CHECK THE FRONT HEIGHT POWER SEAT MOTOR FOR CORRECT OPERATION Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: Power Seat Motor C353 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Key in ON position. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PIDs Front Motor Up (FRONT_UP) Front Motor Down (FRONT_DWN) Measure the voltage between power seat motor C353-2, circuit CPS03 (VT/GY) and C353-5, circuit CPS02 (GY/YE), harness side while toggling DSM active commands front motor up and front motor down, ON and OFF. Is voltage present when the motor is commanded ON and no voltage present when commanded OFF? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to I23 .
- I23 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS03 (VT/GY) AND CPS02 (GY/YE) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Disconnect: DSM C341b Measure the voltage between DSM C341b-9, circuit CPS03 (VT/GY), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-23, circuit CPS02 (GY/YE), harness side and ground. Is voltage present on the circuit? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to I24 .
- I24 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS03 (VT/GY) AND CPS02 (GY/YE) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-9, circuit CPS03 (VT/GY), harness side and power seat motor C353-2, circuit CPS03 (VT/GY), harness side; and between DSM C341b-23, circuit CPS02 (GY/YE), harness side and power seat motor C353-5, circuit CPS02 (GY/YE), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- I25 CHECK THE REAR HEIGHT MOTOR FOR CORRECT OPERATION Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Connect: Restraint System Diagnostic Tool 418-F395 to the Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Connect: Restraint System Diagnostic Tool 418-133 to the Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: Power Seat Motor C353 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Key in ON position. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PIDs Rear Motor Up (REAR_UP) Rear Motor Down (REAR_DWN) Measure the voltage between power seat motor C353-1, circuit CPS05 (BU/WH), harness side and C353-4, circuit CPS04 (YE/OG), harness side while toggling DSM active commands rear motor up and rear motor down, ON and OFF. Is voltage present when the motor is commanded ON and no voltage present when commanded OFF? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to I26 .
- I26 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS05 (BU/WH) AND CPS04 (YE/OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Disconnect: DSM C341b Measure the voltage between DSM C341b-8, circuit CPS05 (BU/WH), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-22, circuit CPS04 (YE/OG), harness side and ground. Is any voltage present? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to I27 .
- I27 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS05 (BU/WH) AND CPS04 (YE/OG) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-8, circuit CPS05 (BU/WH), harness side and power seat motor C353-1, circuit CPS05 (BU/WH), harness side; and between DSM C341b-22, circuit CPS04 (YE/OG), harness side and rear height power seat motor C353-4, circuit CPS04 (YE/OG), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- I28 CHECK THE HORIZONTAL MOTOR FOR CORRECT OPERATION Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: Power Seat Motor C353 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Key in ON position. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PIDs Horizontal Motor Forward (HORZ_FWD) Horizontal Motor Backward (HORZ_BWD) Measure the voltage between power seat motor C353-3, circuit CPS01 (GN/BU) and C353-6, circuit CPS06 (GN/WH), harness side while toggling DSM active commands horizontal motor forward and horizontal motor backward, ON and OFF. Is voltage present when the motor is commanded ON and no voltage present when commanded OFF? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to I29 .
- I29 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS01 (GN/BU) AND CPS06 (GN/WH) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Disconnect: DSM C341b Measure the voltage between DSM C341b-10, circuit CPS06 (GN/WH), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-12, circuit CPS01 (GN/BU), harness side and ground. Is voltage present on the circuit? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to I30 .
- I30 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS01 (GN/BU) AND CPS06 (GN/WH) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-10, circuit CPS06 (GN/WH), harness side and power seat motor C353-6, circuit CPS06 (GN/WH), harness side; and between DSM C341b-12, circuit CPS01 (GN/BU), harness side and horizontal power seat motor C353-3, circuit CPS01 (GN/BU), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- I31 CHECK THE DRIVER SEAT POWER RECLINER MOTOR FOR CORRECT OPERATION Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: Driver Seat Power Recliner Motor C3187 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Key in ON position. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PIDs Recline Motor Forward (RECL_FWD) Recline Motor Backward (RECL_BWD) Measure the voltage between driver seat power recliner motor C3187-1, circuit CPS07 (GY/BN) and C3187-5, circuit CPS08 (VT/OG), harness side while toggling DSM active commands recliner motor forward and recliner motor backward, ON and OFF. Is voltage present when the motor is commanded ON and no voltage present when commanded OFF? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat recliner assembly. REFER to «Seat Recliner Motor»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-recliner-motor) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to I32 .
- I32 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS07 (GY/BN) AND CPS08 (VT/OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Disconnect: DSM C341b Measure the voltage between DSM C341b-11, circuit CPS07 (GY/BN), harness side and ground; and between DSM C341b-21, circuit CPS08 (VT/OG), harness side and ground. Is voltage present on the circuit? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to I33 .
- I33 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS07 (GY/BN) AND CPS08 (VT/OG) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between DSM C341b-11, circuit CPS07 (GY/BN), harness side and recliner power seat motor C3187-1, circuit CPS07 (GY/BN), harness side; and between DSM C341b-21, circuit CPS08 (VT/OG), harness side and recliner power seat motor C3187-5, circuit CPS08 (VT/OG), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
Pinpoint Test J: The Memory Seat Does Not Operate Correctly - Does Not Operate Using the Memory SET Switch
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Memory Seats for schematic and connector information.
The driver seat control switch is powered by battery voltage on circuit SBP01 (RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD133 (BK). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies the voltage and ground to the applicable driver seat module (DSM) inputs. The DSM then supplies voltage and ground to the appropriate power seat track motor or power recline motor based on the inputs received from the seat control switch. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to the DSM inputs, and the DSM likewise reverses polarity of the appropriate power seat track motor or power recliner motor circuits causing the seat or backrest to move in the opposite direction. There are 3 power seat track motors that combine to move the seat horizontally (forward/rearward) and vertically (front up/down and rear up/down). The seat backrest power recliner mechanism uses a single motor to move the seat backrest forward and rearward.
Battery voltage is also supplied to DSM on circuit SBP01 (RD) and SBB14 (BN/RD). Ground is supplied to the DSM on circuits GD133 (BK) and GD143 (BK/OG).
Each motor, in the memory power seat track and power recliner mechanism contains a Hall-effect position sensor. The DSM supplies a signal feed circuit to each position sensor and a shared reference signal return circuit. Each position sensor sends a signal voltage back to the DSM used to monitor the position of the power seat and seat backrest. The DSM uses this information to return the seat to a stored pre-programmed position when pressing the memory SET switch or a remote entry transmitter. Refer to Principles of Operation in this article or the Owner's Literature for information on programming the DSM for storing memory seat positions.
The following pinpoint test diagnoses a memory seat that does not operate correctly using the memory SET switch. If the memory seat does not move in all directions using the seat control switch, go to Pinpoint Test I .
| DTC Description | Fault Trigger Conditions |
|---|---|
| B1342 - ECU is Faulted | If a programming error is detected, the DTC is set. |
| B1530 - Memory SET Switch Circuit Short to Ground B1534 - Memory 1 Switch Circuit Short to Ground B1538 - Memory 2 Switch Circuit Short to Ground | If a short to ground is sensed on the switch input circuit during the DSM self test, the DTC is set. If activity is sensed on the input circuit for greater than 2 minutes, the DTC is set as continuous. With the DTC set, any input signal on the circuit is ignored. |
| B1663 - Seat Driver Front Up/Down Motor Stalled B1664 - Seat Driver Rear Up/Down Motor Stalled B1665 - Seat Driver Forward/Backward Motor Stalled | During the self test, the DSM attempts to operate the seat track motors and uses the motor's position sensor to monitor movement. If no motor movement is sensed, a DTC is set. The DSM will retry motor operation on the next activation of the seat control switch. If no movement continues to be monitored after 250 milliseconds, the DSM disables the output. |
| B1666 - Seat Driver Recline Motor Stalled | During the self test, the DSM attempts to operate the recliner motor and uses the recliner motor position sensor to monitor movement. If no motor movement is sensed, the DTC is set. The DSM will retry motor operation on the next activation of the seat control switch. If no motor movement is still monitored after 250 milliseconds, the DSM disables the output. |
| B1952 - Seat Rear Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to Battery B1956 - Seat Front Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to Battery B1960 - Seat Recline Forward/Backward Position Feedback Circuit Short to Battery B1964 - Seat Horizontal Forward/Rearward Position Feedback Circuit Short to Battery | If a short to voltage condition is present on the affected motor's position sensor (Hall effect) feedback circuit, the DTC is set. After a DTC is set, a memory recall is not possible but the seat control switch can operate the associated motor in one second increments. |
| B1953 - Seat Rear Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to Ground B1957 - Seat Front Up/Down Position Feedback Circuit Short to Ground B1961 - Seat Recline Forward/Backward Position Feedback Circuit Short to Ground B1965 - Seat Horizontal Forward/Rearward Position Feedback Circuit Short to Ground | If a short to ground condition is present on the affected motor's position sensor (Hall effect) feedback circuit, the DTC is set. After a DTC is set, a memory recall is not possible but the seat control switch can operate the associated motor in one second increments. |
| B2084 - Memory SET Indicator Short to Ground | If a short to ground or open condition is present on the memory SET switch indicator output circuit, the DTC is set. |
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- Memory SET switch
- Missing status information (controller area network [CAN] communication bus message): ignition switch status gear selector position
- Remote entry transmitter
- Memory power seat track
- Recliner mechanism
- DSM
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Note. Verify good battery condition before diagnosing the memory seat system. Poor battery condition may interfere with memory seat operation, even if vehicle starting is possible.
Note. Verify the PID(s) states agree with the ignition switch and transmission gear selector in all positions before proceeding with memory seat diagnosis.
Scheme 46
Scheme 47
Scheme 48
Scheme 49
Scheme 50
Scheme 51
Scheme 52
Scheme 53
Scheme 54
Scheme 55
Scheme 56
Scheme 57
Scheme 58
Scheme 59
Scheme 60
Scheme 61
Scheme 62
- J1 CHECK DSM TRANSMISSION GEAR SELECTED (TRANSGEAR) PID STATES Connect the diagnostic tool. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PID: TRANSGEAR (PRNDL) Operate the transmission gear selector in all positions while monitoring the following DSM PID TRANSGEAR states: Drive1 Drive2 Drive3 D6_PRK NTRL REV D6_PRK Do the PID states agree with the selected positions? YES : Go to J2 . NO : To diagnose a transmission gear selector (PRNDL) status concern, REFER to «AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 5R55S»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/automatic-trans/#automatic-transmission-5r55s) article or «AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6R60»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/automatic-trans/#automatic-transmission-6r60) article.
- J2 CHECK THE IGNITION SWITCH STATUS (IGN_SW) PID Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM IGN_SW PID Cycle the ignition switch in all positions while monitoring the following DSM IGN_SW PID states: Off Accessory Run Start Do the PID states agree with the selected positions? YES : Go to J3 . NO : To diagnose an ignition switch status concern, REFER to «STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/steering-column-switches/#steering-column-switches) article.
- J3 RETRIEVE THE DTCs NOTE: During the Self-Test, each memory motor will be requested to move for one second. If a motor is near the end of travel, that position sensor feedback will not change as expected for one second resulting in a false DTC. Place the memory seat and adjustable memory pedals in central travel positions. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Driver Seat Module (DSM) Self Test/Retrieve DTCs NOTE: During the Self Test, document when the memory SET LED illuminates and turns off. Are any DTCs retrieved or does the memory SET LED fail to illuminate during the Self Test? YES : If the memory SET LED fails to illuminate during the Self Test, go to J7 . If DTC B2084, go to J7 . If DTCs B1952, B1956, B1960 and B1964 are all retrieved, go to J10 . If DTCs B1953, B1957, B1961 and B1965 are all retrieved, go to J10 . If DTC B1530, go to J5 . If DTC B1534, go to J5 . If DTC B1538, go to J5 . If DTC B1663, go to J11 . If DTC B1664, go to J14 . If DTC B1665, go to J17 . If DTC B1666, go to J20 . If DTC B1952, go to J14 . If DTC B1953, go to J14 . If DTC B1956, go to J11 . If DTC B1957, go to J11 . If DTC B1960, go to J20 . If DTC B1961, go to J20 . If DTC B1964, go to J17 . If DTC B1965, go to J17 . If DTC 1342, INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to J4 .
- J4 MONITOR THE DSM PIDs AND CHECK THE DSM FOR CORRECT MEMORY SET SWITCH INPUTS Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PID: Memory Set/Recall Input Switch Status Memory 1 recall switch status (MEM_1) Memory 2 recall switch status (MEM_2) Memory set switch status (MEM_S) Monitor the DSM memory SET switch, memory SET/recall 1 switch and memory SET/recall 2 switch PID while activating the memory SET switch, recall 1 and recall 2 buttons. Do the PID values agree with the switch button positions? YES : Go to J10 . NO : Go to J5 .
- J5 CHECK THE MEMORY SET SWITCH Key in OFF position. Disconnect: Memory Set Switch C2094 Using the following table to check the memory SET switch, measure the resistance between the memory SET switch pins, component side, while pressing the indicated switch buttons and compare the results to the table. Switch Button Pins Ohms Memory Switch 1 7 and 2 Less than 5 Memory Switch 2 7 and 6 Less than 5 Memory Set Switch 7 and 5 Less than 5 NOTE: Refer to multimeter user's manual for testing diodes. Using the diode testing meter function and the following table, connect the meter leads to the memory SET switch pins, component side. Measure the voltages and compare the results to the table, to check the switch LED indicator. Positive Lead Negative Lead Volts Pin 1 Pin 7 Greater than 0.3 Pin 7 Pin 1 OL Carry out the Memory Set Switch Component Test. Is the memory SET switch OK? YES : Go to J6 . NO : INSTALL a new memory SET switch. REFER to «Memory Set Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- J6 CHECK CIRCUIT GD145 (BK/BU) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Key in ON position. Measure the resistance between memory SET switch C2094-7, circuit GD145 (BK/BU), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to J7 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- J7 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS55 (YE), CPS15 (VT/WH), RPS14 (BN/YE) AND CPS16 (YE) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: DSM C341c WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between the following memory SET switch C2094 pins, harness side and ground: Connector Circuit C2094-1 CPS55 (YE) C2094-2 CPS15 (VT/WH) C2094-5 RPS14 (BN/YE) C2094-6 CPS16 (YE) Is voltage present on the circuit? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to J8 .
- J8 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS55 (YE), CPS15 (VT/WH), RPS14 (BN/YE) AND CPS16 (YE) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between the following memory SET switch C2094 pins, harness side and ground: Connector Circuit C2094-1 CPS55 (YE) C2094-2 CPS15 (VT/WH) C2094-5 RPS14 (BN/YE) C2094-6 CPS16 (YE) Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to J9 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- J9 CHECK CIRCUITS CPS55 (YE), CPS15 (VT/WH), RPS14 (BN/YE) AND CPS16 (YE) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between the following memory SET switch C2094 pins and DSM C341c pins: Memory SET Switch Circuit DSM C2094-1 CPS55 (YE) C341c-8 C2094-2 CPS15 (VT/WH) C341c-15 C2094-5 RPS14 (BN/YE) C341c-3 C2094-6 CPS16 (YE) C341c-4 Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- J10 MONITOR THE DSM PIDs Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PID: Driver Seat/Pedal Sensor Output Status Driver Power Seat Front Up/Down Sense (SFNT_MT) Driver Power Seat Forward/Backward Sense (SFWD_MT) Driver Power Seat Recline Sense (SRCL_MT) Driver Power Seat Rear Up/Down Sense (SREARMT) Monitor the memory seat, and adjustable memory pedals sensor PIDs. Using the switches, operate the memory seat and adjustable memory pedals in all directions through the full range of travel while monitoring the PIDs. Does each PID indicate the sensor is operational throughout each associated motor's full range of travel? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : If front up/down position sensor PID indicates not present, go to J11 . If rear up/down position sensor PID indicates not present, go to J14 . If forward/rearward position sensor PID indicates not present, go to J17 . If recline position sensor PID indicates not present, go to J20 . For a memory adjustable pedal sensor concern, REFER to «BRAKE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/anti-locktraction-control/#brake-system-general-information) article.
- J11 CHECK CIRCUITS VPS10 (BU/GN) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: DSM C341b Disconnect: Memory Seat Position Sensor C357 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between memory seat position sensor C357-2, circuit VPS10 (BU/GN), harness side and ground; and between memory seat position sensor 357-5, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground. Is voltage present on the circuit? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to J12 .
- J12 CHECK CIRCUITS VPS10 (BU/GN) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between memory seat position sensor C357-2, circuit VPS10 (BU/GN), harness side and ground; and between memory seat position sensor 357-5, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to J13 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- J13 CHECK CIRCUITS VPS10 (BU/GN) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between memory seat position sensor C357-2, circuit VPS10 (BU/GN), harness side and DSM C341b-7, circuit VPS10 (BU/GN), harness side; and between memory seat position sensor 357-5, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and DSM C341b-20, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- J14 CHECK CIRCUITS VPS11 (GN/BN) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: DSM C341b Disconnect: Memory Seat Position Sensor C357 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between memory seat position sensor C357-1, circuit VPS11 (GN/BN), harness side and ground; and between memory seat position sensor C357-4, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground. Is voltage present on the circuit? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to J15 .
- J15 CHECK CIRCUITS VPS11 (GN/BN) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between memory seat position sensor C357-1, circuit VPS11 (GN/BN), harness side and ground; and between memory seat position sensor C357-4, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to J16 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- J16 CHECK CIRCUITS VPS11 (GN/BN) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) AND FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between memory seat position sensor C357-1, circuit VPS11 (GN/BN), harness side and DSM C341b-18, circuit VPS11 (GN/BN), harness side; and between memory seat position sensor C357-4, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and DSM C341b-20, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit(s) in question. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- J17 CHECK CIRCUITS VPS09 (BN/BU) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) AND FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: DSM C341b Disconnect: Memory Seat Position Sensor C357 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between memory seat position sensor C357-3, circuit VPS09 (BN/BU), harness side and ground; and between memory seat position sensor C357-6, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground. Is voltage present on the circuit? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to J18 .
- J18 CHECK CIRCUITS VPS09 (BN/BU) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between memory seat position sensor C357-3, circuit VPS09 (BN/BU), harness side and ground; and between memory seat position sensor C357-6, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to J19 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- J19 CHECK CIRCUITS VPS09 (BN/BU) AND RPS13 (GN/OG) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between memory seat position sensor C357-3, circuit VPS09 (BN/BU), harness side and DSM C341b-19, circuit VPS09 (BN/BU), harness side; and between memory seat position sensor C357-6, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and DSM C341b-20, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- J20 CHECK CIRCUITS RPS13 (GN/OG) AND VPS12 (GY/OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: DSM C341b Disconnect: Driver Seat Recliner Motor C3187 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between driver seat recliner motor C3187-2, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground; and between driver seat recliner motor C3187-4, circuit VPS12 (GY/OG), harness side and ground. Is voltage present on the circuit? YES : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to J21 .
- J21 CHECK CIRCUITS RPS13 (GN/OG) AND VPS12 (GY/OG) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between driver seat recliner motor C3187-2, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and ground; and between driver seat recliner motor C3187-4, circuit VPS12 (GY/OG), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to J22 . NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- J22 CHECK CIRCUITS 449 (BN/PK) AND 452 (GY/RD) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver seat recliner motor C3187-2, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side and DSM C341b-20, circuit RPS13 (GN/OG), harness side; and between driver seat recliner motor C3187-4, circuit VPS12 (GY/OG), harness side and DSM C341b-6, circuit VPS12 (GY/OG), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new driver seat recliner assembly. REFER to «Seat Recliner Motor»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-recliner-motor) . REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the affected circuit. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
The driver seat module (DSM) receives a transmission park and key in/out command over the medium-speed controller area network (MS-CAN) communication network and powers the driver seat rearward about 51 mm (2.007 in).
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- Easy exit/easy entry not enabled
- Missing status information (CAN communication bus message): ignition switch status gear selector position
- Key-in-ignition warning switch
- Instrument cluster (IC) module
- DSM
PINPOINT TEST K: EASY EXIT/EASY ENTRY IS INOPERATIVE/DOES NOT OPERATE CORRECTLY
Note. Verify good battery condition before diagnosing the memory seat system. Poor battery condition may interfere with memory seat operation, even if vehicle starting is possible.
Note. The transmission gear selector must be in PARK and the driver seat must be at least 51 mm (2 in) from its rear stopping point for the easy entry/exit feature to function.
Note. Make sure all memory seat DTC and symptom based faults are corrected before proceeding with easy entry/exit diagnosis. Verify the PID(s) states agree with the ignition switch and transmission gear selector in all positions before proceeding with easy entry/exit diagnosis.
- K1 CHECK THE DRIVER POWER SEAT OPERATION Key in ON position. Check the message center to verify the easy entry/exit feature is enabled. The easy entry/exit feature can be enabled/disabled using a scan tool in module programming. When enabled, the feature becomes a user accessible item on the message center allowing the user to turn the feature on and off. Refer to the Owner's Literature or «INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING CHIMES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#information-center) article for information on the message center. Using the seat control switch, verify the driver power seat operates fully forward and rearward. NOTE: During the Self-Test, each memory motor will be requested to move for one second. If a motor is near the end of travel, that position sensor feedback will not change as expected for one second resulting in a false DTC. Place the memory seat and adjustable memory pedals in central travel positions. Connect the diagnostic tool. Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Driver Seat Module (DSM) Self Test/Retrieve DTCs Are any DSM DTCs retrieved? YES : REFER to «Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__driver-seat-module-dsm-dtc-table) . NO : If disabled, ENABLE the easy entry/exit feature with the message center. REFER to the Owner's Literature - Driver Controls for easy entry/exit feature enable/disable instructions. TEST the system for normal operation. If OK, INSTRUCT the customer on correct system operation. If easy entry/exit is enabled and the seat does not move horizontally from the seat control switch, go to «Pinpoint Test I»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__pinpoint-test-i-the-memory-seat) . Otherwise, go to K2 .
- K2 CHECK DSM TRANSMISSION GEAR SELECTED (TRANSGEAR) PID STATES Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/DSM PID: TRANSGEAR (PRNDL) Operate the transmission gear selector in all positions while monitoring the following DSM PID TRANSGEAR states: Drive1 Drive2 Drive3 D6_PRK NTRL REV D6_PRK Do the PID states agree with the selected positions? YES : Go to K3 . NO : To diagnose a transmission gear selector (PRNDL) status concern, REFER to «AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 5R55S»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/automatic-trans/#automatic-transmission-5r55s) article or «AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6R60»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/automatic-trans/#automatic-transmission-6r60) article.
- K3 CHECK THE IGNITION KEY IN/OUT (IGN_KEY) PID Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: DataLogger/Instrument Cluster (IC) Module IGN_KEY PID Insert and remove the ignition key into the ignition lock cylinder while monitoring the following IC module PID IGN_SW states: In Out Monitor the IC module PID IGN_SW with the key in and out of the ignition switch. Do the IC module PID states agree? YES : INSTALL a new DSM and CARRY OUT programmable module installation (PMI). REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article. REPEAT the self-test. CLEAR the DTCs. NO : To diagnose the key-in-ignition warning switch fault, REFER to «INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING CHIMES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/gauges-instrument-panels/#information-center) article.
Pinpoint Test L: The Power Seat Does Not Operate Correctly - Passenger Seat
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.
The passenger seat control switch is powered by battery voltage on circuit SBB10 (YE/RD) and is supplied ground on circuit GD151 (BK/GN). When pressed, the seat control switch supplies that voltage and ground to a power seat track motor to move the seat. When pressed in the opposite direction, the seat control switch reverses the polarity to that same power seat track motor, which moves the seat in the opposite direction. There are 3 power seat track motors that combine to move the seat cushion horizontally (forward/rearward) and vertically (front up/down and rear up/down). If a new motor needs to be installed, it is necessary to install an entire power seat track.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- Seat control switch
- Seat track motor (seat track)
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Scheme 63
Scheme 64
Scheme 65
Scheme 66
- L1 CHECK HORIZONTAL DIRECTION MOTOR FOR CORRECT OPERATION Operate the passenger power seat forward and rearward. Will the seat move horizontally? YES : Go to L5 . NO : Go to L2 .
- L2 CHECK VOLTAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT HORIZONTAL MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Passenger Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3202 Disconnect: Passenger Seat Side Air Bag C337 Disconnect: Passenger Seat Motor C3015 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between passenger seat motor C3015-6, circuit CPS38 (GN/BU), harness side and C3015-3, circuit CPS33 (WH), harness side, while pushing the passenger seat control switch forward and rearward. Is the voltage greater than -10 volts when the switch is pushed forward, greater than +10 volts when the switch is pushed rearward and 0 volt when the switch is in a rest position? YES : INSTALL a new passenger seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to L3 .
- L3 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS38 (GN/BU) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Passenger Seat Control Switch C355 Measure the resistance between passenger seat control switch C355-6, circuit CPS38 (GN/BU), harness side and passenger seat motor C3015-6, circuit CPS38 (GN/BU), harness side; and between passenger seat control switch C355-6, circuit CPS38 (GN/BU), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the passenger seat motor and the passenger seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the passenger seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to L4 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- L4 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS33 (WH) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between passenger seat control switch C355-3, circuit CPS33 (WH), harness side and passenger seat motor C3015-3, circuit CPS33 (WH), harness side; and between passenger seat control switch C355-3, circuit CPS33 (WH), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the passenger seat motor and the passenger seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the passenger seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new passenger seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- L5 DETERMINE SEAT TILTING FAILURE Determine seat tilting failure. Can the seat be tilted forward or backward? YES : If only forward tilting operates, go to L6 . If only rear tilting operates, go to L9 . NO : INSTALL a new passenger seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- L6 CHECK VOLTAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT REAR HEIGHT MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Passenger Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3202 Disconnect: Passenger Seat Side Air Bag C337 Disconnect: Passenger Seat Motor C3015 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between passenger seat motor C3015-1, circuit CPS37 (WH/BU), harness side and C3015-4, circuit CPS36 (YE/GY), harness side, while depressing the rear tilt switch up and down. Is the voltage greater than -10 volts when the rear tilt switch is pressed down, greater than +10 volts when the rear tilt switch is pressed up and 0 volt when the switch is in the rest position? YES : INSTALL a new passenger seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to L7 .
- L7 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS36 (YE/GY) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Passenger Seat Control Switch C355 Measure the resistance between passenger seat control switch C355-5, circuit CPS36 (YE/GY), harness side and passenger seat motor C3015-4, circuit CPS36 (YE/GY), harness side; and between passenger seat control switch C355-5, circuit CPS36 (YE/GY), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the passenger seat motor and the passenger seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the passenger seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to L8 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- L8 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS37 (WH/BU) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between passenger seat control switch C355-7, circuit CPS37 (WH/BU), harness side and passenger seat motor C3015-1, circuit CPS37 (WH/BU), harness side; and between passenger seat control switch C355-7, circuit CPS37 (WH/BU), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the passenger seat motor and the passenger seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the passenger seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new passenger seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- L9 CHECK THE VOLTAGE TO THE PASSENGER SEAT FRONT HEIGHT MOTOR Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Passenger Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3202 Disconnect: Passenger Seat Side Air Bag C337 Disconnect: Passenger Seat Motor C3015 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. Measure the voltage between passenger seat motor C3015-2, circuit CPS35 (VT/GN), harness side and C3015-5, circuit CPS34 (GY/BU), while pushing the rear tilting switch up and down. Is the voltage greater than +10 volts when the front tilt switch is pressed down, greater than -10 volts when the front tilt switch is pressed up and 0 volt when the switch is in the rest position? YES : INSTALL a new passenger seat track assembly. REFER to «Seat Track»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-track) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to L10 .
- L10 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS35 (VT/GN) FOR AN OPEN AND SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Passenger Seat Control Switch C355 Measure the resistance between passenger seat control switch C355-8, circuit CPS35 (VT/GN), harness side and passenger seat motor C3015-2, circuit CPS35 (VT/GN), harness side; and between passenger seat control switch C355-8, circuit CPS35 (VT/GN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the passenger seat motor and the passenger seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the passenger seat control switch and ground? YES : Go to L11 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- L11 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS34 (GY/BU) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between passenger seat control switch C355-1, circuit CPS34 (GY/BU) harness side, and passenger seat motor C3015-5, circuit CPS34 (GY/BU), harness side; and between passenger seat control switch C355-1, circuit CPS34 (GY/BU), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms between the passenger seat motor and the passenger seat control switch; and greater than 10,000 ohms between the passenger seat control switch and ground? YES : INSTALL a new passenger seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT passenger safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3202. CONNECT passenger seat side air bag module C337. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
Pinpoint Test M: The Heated Seats are Inoperative
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Climate Controlled Seats for schematic and connector information.
The driver and passenger heated seats share a common ignition and battery feed to the heated seat control switch assembly. The ignition feed circuit CBP18 (GY/OG) powers the logic board and illumination of the heated seat switch assembly and the battery feed circuit SBB28 (GN/RD) is used to provide voltage to the heater mats. The heated seat switch assembly uses shared ground GD145 (BK/BU) for the logic board and illumination.
When a heated seat switch is pressed with the ignition switch in RUN or START, a momentary ground is provided to the logic board of the heated seat switch assembly. The logic board then activates an internal relay in the heated seat switch assembly that provides voltage via circuit CHS02 (YE/BU) (driver seat) or CHS07 (GY/BU) (front passenger seat) to the bi-metallic thermostat that is part of the seat cushion heater mat.
The driver seat cushion and backrest heater mats are wired in series as are the passenger seat cushion and backrest heater mats. The heated seat system is designed to maintain the temperature by the opening (no voltage to the heated seat elements) and closing (voltage supplied to the heated seat elements) of the bi-metallic thermostat.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Fuse(s)
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- Heated seat switch
- Heated seat relay
- Heated seat mat
Scheme 67
Scheme 68
- M1 CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH OPERATION Key in ON position. Press both heated seat switches to ON. Does one or both heated seat switch indicators illuminate? YES : If one or both indicators illuminate, go to «Pinpoint Test N»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__pinpoint-test-n-the-heated-seat) . NO : Go to M2 .
- M2 CHECK THE HEATED SEAT SWITCH POWER CIRCUITS Key in OFF position. Disconnect: Heated Seat Switch C2347 Key in ON position. Measure the voltage at heated seat switch C2347-9, circuit CBP18 (GY/OG), harness side and ground; and between heated seat switch C2347-5, circuit SBB28 (GN/RD), harness side and ground; and between heated seat switch C2347-3, circuit SBB28 (GN/RD), harness side and ground. Are the voltages greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to M3 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 28 (20A) and smart junction box (SJB) fuse 18 (10A) are OK. If OK, REPAIR circuit CBP18 (GY/OG) or SBB28 (GN/RD). TEST the system for normal operation.
- M3 CHECK HEATED SEAT SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between heated seat switch C2347-10, circuit GD145 (BK/BU), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new heated seat switch. REFER to «Heated Seat Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . NO : REPAIR circuit GD145 (BK/BU). TEST the system for normal operation.
Pinpoint Test N: The Heated Seat is Inoperative - Driver or Passenger
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Climate Controlled Seats for schematic and connector information.
The driver and passenger heated seats share a common ignition and battery feed to the heated seat control switch assembly. The ignition feed circuit CBP18 (GY/OG) powers the logic board and illumination of the heated seat switch assembly and the battery feed circuit SBB28 (GN/RD) is used to provide voltage to the heater mats. The heated seat switch assembly uses shared ground GD145 (BK/BU) for the logic board and illumination.
When a heated seat switch is pressed with the ignition switch in RUN or START, a momentary ground is provided to the logic board of the heated seat switch assembly. The logic board then activates an internal relay in the heated seat switch assembly that provides voltage via circuit CHS02 (YE/BU) (driver seat) or CHS07 (GY/BU) (front passenger seat) to the bi-metallic thermostat that is part of the seat cushion heater mat.
The driver seat cushion and backrest heater mats are wired in series as are the passenger seat cushion and backrest heater mats. The heated seat system is designed to maintain the temperature by the opening (no voltage to the heated seat elements) and closing (voltage supplied to the heated seat elements) of the bi-metallic thermostat.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Fuse(s)
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- Heated seat switch
- Heated seat relay
- Heated seat mat
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Scheme 69
Scheme 70
Scheme 71
Scheme 72
Scheme 73
Scheme 74
Scheme 75
Scheme 76
Scheme 77
Scheme 78
- N1 CHECK CIRCUIT SSB28 (GN/RD) FOR VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. For heated seat diagnostics on the driver seat, carry out the following: disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201. disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367. For heated seat diagnostics on the passenger seat, carry out the following: disconnect: Passenger Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3202. disconnect: Passenger Seat Side Air Bag C337. Disconnect: Heated Seat Switch C2347 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. For driver seat, measure the voltage at heated seat switch C2347-3 circuit SBB28 (GN/RD) harness side and ground. For passenger seat, measure the voltage at heated seat switch C2347-5, circuit SBB28 (GN/RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage more than 10 volts? YES : Go to N2 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 28 (20A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR circuit SBB28 (GN/RD). TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201 (driver) or C3202 (passenger). CONNECT seat side air bag module C367 (driver) or C337 (passenger). REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- N2 CHECK CIRCUIT CHS02 (YE/BU) (DRIVER) OR CIRCUIT CHS07 (GY/BU) (PASSENGER) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Disconnect: Heated Seat Cushion Element C364 (Driver) or C334 (Passenger) For driver seat, measure the resistance between heated seat switch C2347-4 circuit CHS02 (YE/BU), harness side and driver heated seat cushion element C364-1 circuit CHS02 (YE/BU), harness side. For passenger seat, measure the resistance between heated seat switch C2347-2, circuit CHS07 (GY/BU), harness side and passenger heated seat cushion element C334-1, circuit CHS07 (GY/BU), harness side. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to N3 . NO : REPAIR driver circuit CHS02 (YE/BU) or passenger circuit CHS07 (GY/BU). TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201 (driver) or C3202 (passenger). CONNECT seat side air bag module C367 (driver) or C337 (passenger). REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- N3 CHECK CIRCUIT CHS02 (YE/BU) (DRIVER) OR CIRCUIT CHS07 (GY/BU) (PASSENGER) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND For driver seat, measure the resistance between heated seat cushion element C364-1 circuit CHS02 (YE/BU), harness side and ground. For passenger seat, measure the resistance between heated seat cushion element C334-1, circuit CHS07 (GY/BU), harness side and ground. Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to N4 . NO : REPAIR driver circuit CHS02 (YE/BU) or passenger circuit CHS07 (GY/BU). TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201 (driver) or C3202 (passenger). CONNECT seat side air bag module C367 (driver) or C337 (passenger). REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- N4 CHECK HEATED SEAT CUSHION ELEMENT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver heated seat cushion element C364-1 and C364-2 component side; or between passenger heated seat cushion element C334-1 and C334-2, component side. Is the resistance between 0.8 and 2.0 ohms? YES : Go to N5 . NO : INSTALL a new heated seat cushion element. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201 (driver) or C3202 (passenger). CONNECT seat side air bag module C367 (driver) or C337 (passenger). REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- N5 CHECK DRIVER HEATED SEAT CIRCUIT CHS01 (GY/VT) OR PASSENGER CIRCUIT CHS06 (BU/BN) FOR AN OPEN Disconnect: Seat Back Heater C365 (Driver) or C335 (Passenger) Measure the resistance between driver heated seat cushion element C364-2, circuit CHS01 (GY/VT), harness side and driver heated seat backrest element C365-1, circuit CHS01 (GY/VT), harness side; or between passenger heated seat cushion element C334-2, circuit CHS06 (BU/BN), harness side and passenger heated seat backrest element C335-1, circuit CHS06 (BU/BN), harness side. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to N6 . NO : REPAIR driver circuit CHS01 (GY/VT) or passenger circuit CHS06 (BU/BN). TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201 (driver) or C3202 (passenger). CONNECT seat side air bag module C367 (driver) or C337 (passenger). REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- N6 CHECK DRIVER HEATED SEAT CIRCUIT CHS01 (GY/VT) OR PASSENGER CIRCUIT CHS06 (BU/BN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Measure the resistance between driver heated seat cushion element C364-2, circuit CHS01 (GY/VT) or passenger heated seat cushion element C334-2, circuit CHS06 (BU/BN), harness side and ground. Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to N7 . NO : REPAIR driver circuit CHS01 (GY/VT) or passenger circuit CHS06 (BU/BN). TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201 (driver) or C3202 (passenger). CONNECT seat side air bag module C367 (driver) or C337 (passenger). REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- N7 CHECK HEATED SEAT BACKREST ELEMENT FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver heated seat backrest element C365-1 and C365-2, component side; or between passenger heated seat backrest element C335-1 and C335-2, component side. Is the resistance between 0.8 and 2.0 ohms? YES : Go to N8 . NO : INSTALL a new heated seat back element. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201 (driver) or C3202 (passenger). CONNECT seat side air bag module C367 (driver) or C337 (passenger). REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- N8 CHECK DRIVER CIRCUIT GD133 (BK) OR PASSENGER CIRCUIT GD151 (BK/GN) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between driver heated seat backrest element C365-2, circuit GD133 (BK) or passenger C335-2, circuit GD151 (BK/GN) harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new heated seat switch. REFER to «Heated Seat Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201 (driver) or C3202 (passenger). CONNECT seat side air bag module C367 (driver) or C337 (passenger). REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR driver circuit GD133 (BK) or passenger circuit GD151 (BK/GN). TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201 (driver) or C3202 (passenger). CONNECT seat side air bag module C367 (driver) or C337 (passenger). REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
Pinpoint Test O: The Power Lumbar is Inoperative
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.
The seat control switch is powered by battery voltage on circuit SBB14 (BN/RD) (power seat) or SBP01 (RD) (memory seat) and is supplied ground on circuit GD133 (BK). When the knob of the seat control switch is pressed, voltage and ground are supplied to the power lumbar motor. When pressing the lumbar knob in the opposite direction, the lumbar control switch reverses the polarity to the power lumbar motor, which moves the lumbar mechanism in the opposite direction.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- Lumbar control switch
- Power lumbar motor assembly
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Scheme 79
Scheme 80
Scheme 81
- O1 CHECK CIRCUIT SBB14 (BN/RD) (POWER SEAT) OR SBP01 (RD) (MEMORY SEAT) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Depower the SRS. Refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. Disconnect: Driver Seat Safety Belt Buckle Pretensioner C3201 Disconnect: Driver Seat Side Air Bag C367 Disconnect: Seat Control Switch C352 WARNING: Make sure no one is in the vehicle and there is nothing blocking or placed in front of any air bag module when the battery is connected. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. Connect the battery ground cable. Refer to «BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/body-electrical/#battery-mounting-and-cables) article. For power seat, measure the voltage between seat control switch C352-5, circuit SBB14 (BN/RD), harness side and ground. For memory seat, measure the voltage between seat control switch C352-5, circuit SBP01 (RD), harness side and ground. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to O2 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 14 (40A) (power seat) or smart junction box (SJB) fuse 1 (20A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- O2 CHECK CIRCUIT GD133 (BK) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between seat control switch C352-3, circuit GD133 (BK), harness side and ground. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to O3 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- O3 CHECK THE LUMBAR MOTOR Connect: Seat Control Switch C352 Disconnect: Power Lumbar Motor C366 Measure the voltage between power lumbar motor C366-1, circuit CPS18 (BN/WH), harness side and power lumbar motor C366-2, circuit CPS19 (GY/VT), harness side. Operate the seat control switch in both directions. Is the voltage greater than 10 volts in both directions? YES : INSTALL a new power lumbar assembly. REFER to «Lumbar Assembly»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__lumbar-assembly) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : Go to O4 .
- O4 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS19 (GY/VT) AND CIRCUIT CPS18 (BN/GN) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Disconnect: Seat Control Switch C352 Measure the resistance between seat control switch C352-7, circuit CPS19 (GY/VT), harness side and ground; and between seat control switch C352-10, circuit CPS18 (BN/GN), harness side and ground. Are the resistances greater than 10,000 ohms. YES : Go to O5 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- O5 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS19 (GY/VT) AND CIRCUIT CPS18 (BN/GN)/(BN/WH) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between seat control switch C352-10, circuit CPS18 (BN/GN), harness side and power lumbar motor C366-1, circuit CPS18 (BN/WH), harness side; and between seat control switch C352-7, circuit CPS19 (GY/VT), harness side and power lumbar motor C366-2, circuit CPS19 (GY/VT), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new seat control switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-control-switch) . TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. DISCONNECT the battery ground cable. CONNECT driver safety belt buckle and pretensioner C3201. CONNECT driver seat side air bag module C367. REPOWER the SRS. REFER to «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
When the recliner handle is turned, it releases the outboard recliner. This also turns a gear drive in the outboard recliner, resulting in the recliner release shaft turning in the opposite direction of the recliner handle. When the recliner release shaft is turned, it releases the inboard recliner. This allows the backrest to fold down.
When the backrest is down, there are 2 safeties that prevent the backrest from being positioned upright (vertical) under 2 different conditions. The first condition is if the latch feet are not completely latched around the mounting plate strikers. When this happens, the cable attached to the latch feet assembly outboard latch foot holds the outboard recliner outer lock out lever back, engaging the safety, preventing the backrest from being positioned upright (vertical) and locking in position. The second condition is if the kneeling mechanism is not completely locked in the standing (upright) position. When this happens, the cable attached to the kneeling mechanism inboard leg lever holds the outboard recliner inner lock out lever back, engaging the safety, preventing the backrest from being positioned upright (vertical).
If the backrest is not folded forward and all the way down, the seat will not kneel or go up into the E-Z entry position. The backrest cannot be returned to the upright (vertical) position until the kneeling mechanism is returned to the standing (upright) position and the latch feet assembly is latched to the mounting plate strikers.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Recliner handle or loose screw
- Inboard recliner
- Outboard recliner
- Cable assembly routing
- Cable assembly
- Kneeling mechanism release handle and cable
- Kneeling mechanism
- Latch feet assembly
- Recliner release shaft
- Cushion frame
PINPOINT TEST P: THE SEAT BACKREST WILL NOT FOLD DOWN/FOLD UPRIGHT - SECOND ROW 60 PERCENT OR 40 PERCENT E-Z ENTRY SEAT
Note. Carry out this pinpoint test with the seat in vehicle and all fasteners tightened to specification.
Note. The backrest cannot be returned to the upright (vertical) position until the kneeling mechanism is returned to the standing (upright) position and the latch feet assembly is latched to the mounting plate strikers.
Note. 40 percent seat shown, 60 percent similar.
Scheme 82
Scheme 83
Scheme 84
Scheme 85
Scheme 86
Scheme 87
Scheme 88
Scheme 89
Scheme 90
Scheme 91
Scheme 92
Scheme 93
Scheme 94
Scheme 95
Scheme 96
Scheme 97
Scheme 98
Scheme 99
Scheme 100
Scheme 101
Scheme 102
Scheme 103
Scheme 104
- P1 CHECK THE RECLINER HANDLE NOTE: If the outboard recliner is binding, it may be the cause of recliner handle damage. After installing a new recliner handle, use care when checking backrest function as not to damage another recliner handle. Make sure the recliner handle square drive is not damaged. Make sure the recliner handle screw is tight. Is the recliner handle screw loose or is the square drive damaged? YES : TIGHTEN the screw or INSTALL a new recliner handle. CHECK the seat for correct operation. If the backrest still does not function correctly, go to P2 . NO : Go to P2 .
- P2 CHECK BACKREST FUNCTION Cycle the backrest. Lower the head restraint by pulling on the strap. Turn the recliner handle or pull the third row occupant release strap and fold the backrest forward and down until it lays flat. Return the seat backrest to the upright (vertical) position. Make sure the seat backrest is locked in position. Does the backrest fold forward and down and can it be returned to lock in the upright (vertical) position? YES : Repeat folding the backrest forward and down and returning it to lock in the upright (vertical) position a few times to verify repeatability. INSTRUCT the customer on correct function of the seat from the principles of operation or Owner's Literature. NO : If the backrest does not fold forward and down, go to P3 . If the backrest does not fold upright (vertical) and lock in position, go to P5 .
- P3 CHECK THE OUTBOARD RECLINER NOTE: Do not pull too hard on the recliner handle. If the outboard recliner is binding, it may cause damage to the recliner handle. Turn the recliner handle and attempt to release the backrest to fold forward and down. Did only the outboard recliner release and the backrest move forward on that side while the inboard recliner did not release? YES : Go to P4 . NO : INSTALL a new outboard recliner. REFER to «Seat Recliner - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) or «Seat Recliner - Outboard, Second Row, 60 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . CHECK the seat for correct operation.
- P4 CHECK THE INBOARD RECLINER AND RECLINER RELEASE SHAFT WARNING: Use care when the seat back frame is removed and when releasing the recliners from a backrest upright position. The recliners are spring-loaded, which may cause the recliner upper arms to fold with significant speed/force. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury. Remove the outboard recliner. Refer to «Seat Recliner - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) or «Seat Recliner - Outboard, Second Row, 60 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . NOTE: The recliner release shaft is splined to the inboard recliner. Before turning the recliner release shaft, make sure it is still attached to the inboard recliner stub. Turn the recliner release shaft and release the inboard recliner. For 40 percent E-Z entry seat, turn the recliner release shaft counterclockwise. For 60 percent E-Z entry seat, turn the recliner release shaft clockwise. Did the inboard recliner release, folding the backrest forward and down? YES : The recliner release shaft should pass through the center of the cushion frame and not come in contact with anything other than the connection point at the inboard and outboard recliners. INSPECT the recliner release shaft for marks of being hit and binding. INSPECT the cushion frame opening where the recliner release shaft passes for anything that may come in contact with the recliner release shaft. INSPECT the cushion frame and inboard and outboard recliner attachment points. The recliners should meet flush, without any unwanted and obvious bends in their structures. Make sure the recliner release shaft is not bent. Any bent parts can cause the recliner release shaft not to be centered in the cushion frame opening, resulting in binding of the recliner release shaft and inboard or outboard recliners. INSTALL new parts as necessary. CHECK the seat for correct operation. NO : INSTALL a new inboard recliner. REFER to «Seat Recliner - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) or «Seat Recliner - Inboard, Second Row, 60 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . CHECK the seat for correct operation.
- P5 CHECK THE LATCH FEET ASSEMBLY AND KNEELING MECHANISM ARE LOCKED IN PLACE NOTE: The backrest cannot be returned to the upright (vertical) position until the kneeling mechanism is returned to the standing (upright) position and the latch feet assembly is latched to the mounting plate strikers. NOTE: Make sure the striker pockets in the floor do not have anything in them. Make sure the latch feet are fully engaged around the mounting plate strikers. Turn the recliner release handle and unlatch the latch feet assembly from the mounting plate strikers. Lift and pivot the seat up to the E-Z entry position. Push the rear of the seat down with moderate force, latching the latch feet to the mounting plate strikers. Make sure the seat is latched to the mounting plate strikers by lifting up on the rear of the seat. Make sure the kneeling mechanism is locked in the standing (upright) position. Lift the kneeling mechanism release handle in the back of the backrest and moderately push the seat forward and down into the kneel position. Left with moderate force at the front of the seat cushion frame, pivot the seat up and toward the rear of the vehicle until the kneeling mechanism is locked in place. Make sure the kneeling mechanism is locked in position by pushing the seat forward and down. Attempt to latch the backrest in the upright (vertical) position. Did the backrest latch in the upright (vertical) position? YES : REPEAT folding the backrest down and positioning the seat to the E-Z entry position and then back down, latching the latch feet assembly to the floor strikers. REPEAT kneeling the seat and then locking back in an standing (upright) position. ATTEMPT to latch the backrest in the upright (vertical) position. If the backrest latched in the upright (vertical) position again, INSTRUCT the customer that the latch feet assembly must be latched to the mounting plate strikers and the kneeling mechanism must be locked in place in a standing (upright) position before the backrest will latch in the upright (vertical) position. NO : Go to P6 .
- P6 CHECK THE OUTBOARD RECLINER OUTER LOCK OUT LEVER Remove the screw and recliner handle. Remove the outboard recliner outboard cover. NOTE: The outboard recliner inner cover has been removed for clarity. The outboard recliner outer lock out lever must be forward and close to the forward stop bar to position the backrest in the upright (vertical) position. Is the outboard recliner outer lock out lever in the forward position? YES : INSTALL a new outboard recliner. REFER to «Seat Recliner - Outboard, Second Row, 60 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) or «Seat Recliner - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . CHECK the seat for correct operation. NO : Go to P7 .
- P7 CHECK THE OUTBOARD RECLINER INNER AND OUTER LOCK OUT LEVERS Actuate the pin up and down at the side of the outboard recliner. While actuating the pin up and down, monitor if the inner and outer lock out levers move in the outboard recliner. Did either or both lock out levers move? YES : If the inner lock out lever moved, go to P8 . If the outer lock out lever moved, go to P13 . If the inner and outer lock out levers both moved, INSTALL a new cable assembly from the outboard recliner to the outboard latch foot and inboard kneeling mechanism leg. CHECK the seat for correct operation. NO : INSTALL a new outboard recliner. REFER to «Seat Recliner - Outboard, Second Row, 60 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) or «Seat Recliner - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . CHECK the seat for correct operation.
- P8 CHECK THE CABLE ASSEMBLY AT THE KNEELING MECHANISM INBOARD LEG TO THE OUTBOARD RECLINER Remove the latch feet retracting link-to-kneeling mechanism bolt and separate the retracting link from the kneeling mechanism. Release the cushion trim cover hook-and-loop strip at the front of the cushion to aide removal of the kneeling mechanism leg covers. Remove the kneeling mechanism inboard leg inner and outer covers. Inspect the cable casing for pulling out of the anchor. Inspect the cable assembly for any other obvious signs of kinking or damage. Inspect the cable assembly for not being routed correctly. Refer to «Seat Cushion - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-cushion-second-row-40) or «Seat Cushion - Second Row, 60 Percent, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-cushion-second-row-60) . Is the cable assembly not routed correctly or is there casing and anchor damage? YES : ROUTE the cable assembly correctly or INSTALL a new cable assembly from the outboard recliner to the outboard latch foot and inboard kneeling mechanism leg. CHECK the seat for correct operation. NO : Go to P9 .
- P9 CHECK THE KNEELING MECHANISM IS LOCKED IN THE STANDING (UPRIGHT) POSITION Using light finger pressure, try to move the sliding pin from side to side. Does the sliding pin move? YES : Go to P10 . NO : Go to P12 .
- P10 CHECK THE KNEELING MECHANISM IS LOCKED IN THE STANDING (UPRIGHT) POSITION Unlock the cable assembly anchor from the kneeling mechanism inboard leg and separate the cable end from the lever. Lift the kneeling mechanism release handle in the backrest and moderately push the seat forward and down into the kneel down load floor position. Lift with moderate force at the front of the seat cushion frame, pivot the seat up and toward the rear of the vehicle until the kneeling mechanism is locked in place. Make sure the kneeling mechanism is locked in position by pushing the seat forward and down. Using light finger pressure, try to move the sliding pin from side to side. Does the sliding pin move? YES : Go to P11 . NO : INSTALL a new cable assembly from the outboard recliner to the outboard latch foot and inboard kneeling mechanism leg. CHECK the seat for correct operation.
- P11 CHECK THE RELEASE CABLE AT THE KNEELING MECHANISM Remove the kneeling mechanism outboard leg inner and outer covers. Unlock the release cable anchor from the kneeling mechanism outboard leg and separate the cable end from the pulley. NOTE: Do not put a wrench on the latch feet release bar to attempt to release the latches. Damage to the latch feet release bar or latch feet assembly may occur. Using the lever on the kneeling mechanism inboard leg, turn the lever and moderately push the seat forward and down into the kneel down load floor position. Lift up with moderate force at the front of the seat cushion frame, pivot the seat up and toward the rear of the vehicle until the kneeling mechanism is locked in place. Make sure the kneeling mechanism is locked in position by pushing the seat forward and down. NOTE: Inboard leg sliding pin shown, outboard similar. Using light finger pressure, try to move the inboard and outboard sliding pins from side to side. Do the sliding pins move? YES : INSTALL a new kneeling mechanism. CHECK the seat for correct operation. NO : INSTALL a new kneeling mechanism release handle and cable. CHECK the seat for correct operation.
- P12 CHECK THE KNEELING MECHANISM INBOARD LEG LEVER FOR LOOSENESS Turn the lever on the kneeling mechanism inboard leg back and forth. While turning the lever on the kneeling mechanism inboard leg back and forth, monitor if the pivot moves at the same time without any delay in movement (movement must be synchronized and simultaneous). There must not be any play (wasted movement) from when the lever on the kneeling mechanism inboard leg is turned to when the pivot moves. When the lever on the kneeling mechanism inboard leg was actuated, did the pivot move at the same time and without any delay in movement? YES : INSTALL a new cable assembly from the outboard recliner to the outboard latch foot and inboard kneeling mechanism leg. CHECK the seat for correct operation. NO : INSTALL a new kneeling mechanism. CHECK the seat for correct operation.
- P13 CHECK THE CABLE ASSEMBLY AT THE OUTBOARD LATCH FOOT Remove the latch feet retracting link-to-latch feet assembly bolt and separate the latch feet retracting link from the inboard latch foot. Remove the outboard latch foot cover. Inspect the cable assembly at the outboard latch foot for the cable casing pulling out of the anchor (swivel). Inspect the cable assembly swivel at the outboard latch foot for not operating freely. Inspect the cable assembly for any other obvious signs of kinking or damage. Inspect the cable assembly for not being routed correctly. Refer to «Seat Cushion - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-cushion-second-row-40) or «Seat Cushion - Second Row, 60 Percent, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-cushion-second-row-60) . Is the cable assembly not routed correctly or is there casing and anchor damage? YES : ROUTE the cable assembly correctly or INSTALL a new cable assembly from the outboard recliner to the outboard latch foot and inboard kneeling mechanism leg. CHECK the seat for correct operation. NO : Go to P14 .
- P14 CHECK THE OUTBOARD LATCH FOOT RELEASE LEVER Separate the cable assembly anchor (swivel) at the outboard latch foot. Turn the cable end to align to the key way and separate the cable end from the outboard latch foot release lever. The pin on the outboard latch foot should be 2/3 of the way up, to the right of the bump, in the release lever slot or higher. Is the pin on the outboard latch foot 2/3 of the way up, to the right of the bump, in the release lever slot or higher? YES : INSTALL a new cable assembly from the outboard recliner to the outboard latch foot and inboard kneeling mechanism leg. CHECK the seat for correct operation. NO : INSTALL a new latch feet assembly. CHECK the seat for correct operation.
When the recliner handle is turned, it releases the outboard recliner. This also turns a gear drive in the outboard recliner, resulting in the recliner release shaft turning in the opposite direction of the recliner handle. When the recliner release shaft is turned, it releases the inboard recliner. This allows the backrest to fold down.
When the backrest is down, there are 2 safeties that prevent the backrest from being positioned upright (vertical) under 2 different conditions. The first condition is if the latch feet are not completely latched around the mounting plate strikers. When this happens, the cable attached to the latch feet assembly outboard latch foot holds the outboard recliner outer lock out lever back, engaging the safety, preventing the backrest from being positioned upright (vertical) and locking in position. The second condition is if the kneeling mechanism is not completely locked in the standing (upright) position. When this happens, the cable attached to the kneeling mechanism inboard leg lever holds the outboard recliner inner lock out lever back, engaging the safety, preventing the backrest from being positioned upright (vertical).
If the backrest is not folded forward and all the way down, the seat will not kneel or go up into the E-Z entry position. The backrest cannot be returned to the upright (vertical) position until the kneeling mechanism is returned to the standing (upright) position and the latch feet assembly is latched to the mounting plate strikers.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Recliner handle or loose screw
- Outboard recliner
- Cable assembly
- Latch feet retracting link
- Latch feet assembly
- Mounting plate
PINPOINT TEST Q: THE SEAT WILL NOT RELEASE/LATCH TO THE FLOOR STRIKERS - SECOND ROW 60 PERCENT AND 40 PERCENT E-Z ENTRY SEAT
Note. Carry out this pinpoint test with the seat in vehicle and all fasteners tightened to specification.
Note. The backrest must function correctly before any further testing of the seat can be done.
Note. To release the latch feet from the mounting plate strikers and position the seat to the E-Z entry position, the backrest must be folded forward and all the way down. Remove anything between the backrest and cushion that may prevent the backrest from folding all the way down. After folding the backrest forward and down, release the recliner handle or third row strap, then turn the recliner handle or pull the third row strap a second time and lift up on the rear of the seat.
Note. 40 percent seat shown, 60 percent similar.
Scheme 105
Scheme 106
Scheme 107
Scheme 108
Scheme 109
- Q1 CHECK BACKREST FUNCTION Cycle the backrest. Lower the head restraint by pulling on the strap. Turn the recliner handle or pull the third row occupant release strap and fold the backrest forward and down until it lays flat. Return the seat backrest to the upright (vertical) position. Make sure the seat backrest is locked in position. Does the backrest fold forward and down and can it be returned to lock in the upright (vertical) position? YES : If the backrest functions correctly, go to Q2 . NO : If the backrest does not function correctly, go to «Pinpoint Test P»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
- Q2 CHECK THE LATCH FEET ASSEMBLY FUNCTION NOTE: Remove anything between the backrest and cushion. If the backrest is not down all the way, the safety may not disengage. Turn the recliner handle and fold the backrest forward and all the way down. NOTE: After folding the backrest forward and down, the recliner handle has to be released and turned a second time before the latch feet assembly will release from the floor strikers. Release the recliner handle and turn it a second time to release the latch feet from the floor strikers. Push the rear of the seat down with moderate force to latch the seat to the mounting plate strikers. Make sure the seat is latched to the mounting plate strikers by lifting up on the rear of the seat. If possible, repeat steps 2 and 3, making sure the function of the seat is repeatable. Will the latch feet release from the floor strikers and return to clasp around the mounting plate strikers? YES : EXPLAIN to the customer that the backrest must be all the way down and nothing can be between the cushion and backrest before the latch feet assembly will release from the mounting plate strikers and be able to return to clasp around the mounting plate strikers. NO : If the latch feet will not release from the floor strikers, go to Q3 . If the latch feet will not clasp around the floor strikers, go to Q8 .
- Q3 CHECK THE RECLINER HANDLE NOTE: If the outboard recliner is binding, it may be the cause of recliner handle damaged. After installing a new recliner handle, use care when checking backrest function as not to damage another recliner handle. Make sure the recliner handle square drive is not damaged. Make sure the recliner handle screw is tight. Is the recliner handle screw loose or is the square drive damaged? YES : TIGHTEN the screw or INSTALL a new recliner handle. CHECK the seat for correct operation. If the latch feet still do not release from the floor strikers, go to Q4 . NO : Go to Q4 .
- Q4 CHECK THE OUTBOARD RECLINER OUTER LOCK OUT LEVER FUNCTION Remove the outboard recliner inboard and outboard covers. NOTE: Remove anything between the backrest and cushion that may prevent the backrest from folding all the way down. Fold the backrest forward and all the way down. NOTE: Do not pull too hard on the recliner handle. If the outboard recliner is binding, it may cause damage to the recliner handle. Turn the recliner handle back and forth and monitor the outboard recliner outer lock out lever. Does the outboard recliner outer lock out lever move while actuating the recliner handle back and forth? YES : Go to Q5 . NO : If the recliner handle moves and the outer lock out lever does not, INSTALL a new outboard recliner. REFER to «Seat Recliner - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) or «Seat Recliner - Outboard, Second Row, 60 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . CHECK the seat for correct operation. If the recliner handle does not move, go to Q5 .
- Q5 CHECK THE OUTBOARD RECLINER LEVER LOCATION With the backrest folded forward and all the way down and the recliner handle released, the outboard recliner lever must be positioned away from the post. Is the outboard recliner lever in any other position? YES : INSTALL a new outboard recliner. REFER to «Seat Recliner - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) or «Seat Recliner - Outboard, Second Row, 60 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . CHECK the seat for normal operation. NO : Go to Q6 .
- Q6 CHECK THE OUTBOARD LATCH FOOT RELEASE LEVER Remove the outboard latch foot cover. Make sure the cable assembly casing and anchor (swivel) are attached at the outboard latch foot. Turn the recliner handle back and forth and monitor if the cable moves the outboard latch foot release lever at the same time without any delay in movement (movement must be synchronized and simultaneous). There must not be any play (wasted movement) from when the recliner handle is turned to when the cable moves the outboard latch foot release lever. When the recliner handle was actuated, did the cable move the outboard latch foot release lever at the same time and without any delay in movement? YES : Go to Q7 . NO : INSTALL a new cable assembly. CHECK the seat for normal operation.
- Q7 CHECK THE LATCH FEET ASSEMBLY AND CABLE ASSEMBLY Remove the latch feet retracting link-to-latch feet assembly bolt and separate the latch feet retracting link from the inboard latch foot. Remove the inboard latch foot cover. Turn the recliner handle back and forth and monitor if the cable moves the latch feet assembly outboard latch foot release lever, latch feet release bar and inboard latch foot release lever at the same time (movement must be synchronized and simultaneous). There must not be any play (wasted movement) between any of these components. Make sure the latch feet release rod meets flush with the latch feet assembly pivots and the screws are tight. Make sure that the latch feet release rod is free to move and the latch feet assembly is not binding. When the recliner handle was actuated, did the cable move the outboard latch foot release lever, latch feet release bar and inboard latch foot release lever at the same time and without any delay in movement? YES : INSTALL a new cable assembly. CHECK the seat for normal operation. NO : INSTALL a new latch feet assembly. CHECK the seat for normal operation.
- Q8 CHECK THE OUTBOARD RECLINER Make sure the latch feet jaws are not in the closed position. If they are, turn the recliner handle to open the jaws. Make sure the latch feet align to the floor strikers. Make sure the recliner handle is not stuck in the up or release position. Is the recliner handle stuck in the up position? YES : INSTALL a new outboard recliner. REFER to «Seat Recliner - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) or «Seat Recliner - Outboard, Second Row, 60 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . CHECK the seat for normal operation. NO : INSTALL a new latch feet retracting link, latch feet assembly or mounting plate as necessary. CHECK the seat for normal operation.
When the recliner handle is turned, it releases the outboard recliner. This also turns a gear drive in the outboard recliner, resulting in the recliner release shaft turning in the opposite direction of the recliner handle. When the recliner release shaft is turned, it releases the inboard recliner. This allows the backrest to fold down.
When the backrest is down, there are 2 safeties that prevent the backrest from being positioned upright (vertical) under 2 different conditions. The first condition is if the latch feet are not completely latched around the mounting plate strikers. When this happens, the cable attached to the latch feet assembly outboard latch foot holds the outboard recliner outer lock out lever back, engaging the safety, preventing the backrest from being positioned upright (vertical) and locking in position. The second condition is if the kneeling mechanism is not completely locked in the standing (upright) position. When this happens, the cable attached to the kneeling mechanism inboard leg lever holds the outboard recliner inner lock out lever back, engaging the safety, preventing the backrest from being positioned upright (vertical).
If the backrest is not folded forward and all the way down, the seat will not kneel or go up into the E-Z entry position. The backrest cannot be returned to the upright (vertical) position until the kneeling mechanism is returned to the standing (upright) position and the latch feet assembly is latched to the mounting plate strikers.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Kneeling mechanism release handle and cable
- Kneeling mechanism
PINPOINT TEST R: THE SEAT WILL NOT KNEEL/STAND - SECOND ROW 60/40 E-Z ENTRY SEAT
Note. Carry out this pinpoint test with the seat in vehicle and all fasteners tightened to specification.
Note. The backrest must function correctly before any further testing of the seat can be done.
Note. To kneel the seat, the backrest must be folded forward and all the way down. Remove anything between the backrest and cushion.
Scheme 110
Scheme 111
- R1 CHECK THE BACKREST FUNCTION Cycle the backrest. Lower the head restraint by pulling on the strap. Turn the recliner handle or pull the third row occupant release strap and fold the backrest forward and down until it lays flat. Return the seat backrest to the upright (vertical) position. Make sure the seat backrest is locked in position. Does the backrest fold forward and down and can it be returned to lock in the upright (vertical) position? YES : If the backrest functions correctly, go to R2 . NO : If the backrest does not function correctly, go to «Pinpoint Test P»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) .
- R2 CHECK THE KNEELING MECHANISM FUNCTION NOTE: Remove anything between the backrest and cushion. If the backrest is not down all the way, the safety may not disengage to allow the kneeling mechanism to kneel when the release handle in the backrest is actuated. Turn the recliner handle and fold the backrest forward and down. Using moderate force, being careful not to break the handle, lift the kneeling mechanism release handle in the back of the backrest and moderately push the seat forward and down into the kneel position. Lift from the bottom of the cushion frame with moderate force and pivot the seat up and toward the rear of the vehicle, rotating the seat rearward until an audible click is heard, locking the kneeling mechanism in a standing (upright) position. Make sure the kneeling mechanism is locked in position by pushing the seat forward and down. If possible, repeat Steps 2 and 3, making sure the function of the seat is repeatable. Did the legs of the kneeling mechanism pivot down and kneel and return to lock in the standing (upright) position? YES : Explain to the customer that the backrest must be all the way down and nothing can be between the cushion and backrest before the kneeling mechanism will pivot down and kneel. NO : If the legs of the kneeling mechanism did not pivot down and kneel, go to R3 . If the legs of the kneeling mechanism did not return to lock in the standing (upright) position, go to R5 .
- R3 CHECK CABLE END AND PULLEY CONNECTION LOCATION Release the cushion trim cover hook-and-loop strip at the front of the cushion to aide removal of the kneeling mechanism leg covers. Remove the kneeling mechanism outboard leg inner and outer cover. The cable end and pulley connection location must be at approximately the 5 o'clock position. Is the cable end and pulley connection point clocked at approximately the 5 o'clock position? YES : Go to R4 . NO : INSTALL a new kneeling mechanism release handle and cable. CHECK the seat for correct operation.
- R4 CHECK THE KNEELING MECHANISM Remove the latch feet retracting link-to-kneeling mechanism bolt and separate the retracting link from the kneeling mechanism. Remove the kneeling mechanism inboard leg inner and outer covers. Using moderate force, being careful not to break the handle, lift the kneeling mechanism release handle and monitor that the pivots at the kneeling mechanism inboard and outboard legs are moving at the same time (movement must be synchronized and simultaneous). There must not be any play (wasted movement) from when the kneeling mechanism release handle is lifted to when the cable moves the pulley and lever on the kneeling mechanism outboard leg and transfers that movement through the cross rod to the lever on the kneeling mechanism inboard leg. When the kneeling mechanism release handle was actuated, did the cable move the pulley and lever on the kneeling mechanism outboard leg and transfer that movement through the cross rod to the lever on the kneeling mechanism inboard leg, making the pivots move at the same time and without any delay in movement? YES : INSTALL a new kneeling mechanism release handle and cable. CHECK the seat for normal operation. NO : INSTALL a new kneeling mechanism. CHECK the seat for normal operation.
- R5 CHECK CABLE END AND PULLEY CONNECTION LOCATION Release the cushion trim cover hook-and-loop strip at the front of the cushion to aide removal of the kneeling mechanism leg covers. Remove the kneeling mechanism outboard leg inner and outer cover. Unlock the cable casing from the kneeling mechanism outboard leg and separate the cable end from the pulley. Lift from the bottom of the cushion frame with moderate force and pivot the seat up and toward the rear of the vehicle, rotating the seat rearward until an audible click is heard, locking the kneeling mechanism in a standing (upright) position. Make sure the kneeling mechanism is locked in position by pushing the seat forward and down. Did the kneeling mechanism lock back in the standing (upright) position? YES : INSTALL a new kneeling mechanism release handle and cable. CHECK the seat for correct operation. NO : INSTALL a new kneeling mechanism. CHECK the seat for correct operation.
Pinpoint Test S: The Power Seats are Inoperative - Third Row Power-Fold Seat
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.
The third row power-fold seat relay is supplied battery voltage on circuit SBB12 (GN/RD) (right) and SBB05 (GY/RD) (left) and is hot at all times. The ground is supplied to each third row power-fold seat relay on the coil side through circuit CPS48 (BU) and controlled by the smart junction box (SJB). The power-fold seat relays will be provided ground on the coil side from the SJB for 30 minutes when the transmission selector lever is in PARK, and the liftgate, or liftgate glass, is open. The ground will be disabled 30 minutes after turning the vehicle off. If the ground is disabled after 30 minutes, the ground can be enabled by opening any door, pressing the unlock key on the key fob, pressing any keyless keypad button or turning the ignition key.
- DTC B2794 Third Row Power Fold Circuit Failure - When SJB outputs to the left or right third row power-fold seat relay and short to voltage is present or when SJB output to the left or right third row power-fold seat relay is inactive and a short to ground is present, this DTC is set.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- SJB
Scheme 112
Scheme 113
Scheme 114
Scheme 115
- S1 CHECK DTCs Enter the following diagnostic mode on the diagnostic tool: Generic Electronic Module (GEM/SJB) Self Test/Retrieve DTCs Are any DTCs present? YES : If DTC B2077 is present, REFER to «INTERIOR LIGHTING»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/interiorillumination-lights/#interior-lighting-system) article. If DTC B2794 is present, go to S3 . For all other DTCs, go to the appropriate article for diagnosis. NO : Go to S2 .
- S2 CHECK CIRCUIT GD149 (BK/GY) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Disconnect: Left Third Row Seat Control Switch C4179 Measure the resistance between left third row seat control switch C4179-2, circuit GD149 (BK/GY), harness side and ground; and between left third row seat switch C4179-8, circuit GD149 (BK/GY), harness side and ground Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new SJB. REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article. TEST the system for normal operation. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
- S3 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS48 (BU) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Disconnect: Left Third Row Seat Relay C4183 Disconnect: Right Third Row Seat Relay C4184 Disconnect: SJB C2280b Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between left third row seat relay C4183-85, circuit CPS48 (BU), harness side and ground. Is voltage present on the circuit? YES : REPAIR the circuit. Clear DTCs. TEST the system for normal operation. NO : Go to S4 .
- S4 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS48 (BU) FOR A SHORT TO GROUND Key in OFF position. Measure the resistance between left third row seat relay C4183-85, circuit CPS48 (BU), harness side and ground. Is the resistance greater than 10,000 ohms? YES : Go to S5 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
- S5 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS48 (BU) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between SJB C2280b-32, circuit CPS48 (BU), harness side and left third row seat relay C4183-85, circuit CPS48 (BU), harness side. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new SJB. REFER to «MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/communication-devices/#multifunction-electronic-modules) article. TEST the system for normal operation. NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
Pinpoint Test T: The Power Seat is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly - Third Row Power-Fold Seat, Left
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.
The left third row power-fold seat relay coil side is supplied battery voltage on circuit SBB05 (GY/RD) and is hot at all times. The ground is supplied to each third row power-fold seat relay on the coil side through circuit CPS48 (BU) and controlled by the smart junction box (SJB). When the left third row power-fold seat control switch is pressed, voltage is supplied through the switch side of the left third row power-fold seat relay on circuit SBB05 (GY/RD) and supplied ground on circuit GD149 (BK/GY). When pressing the left third row power-fold seat control switch in the opposite direction, the left third row power-fold seat control switch reverses the polarity to the left third row power-fold seat motor, which moves the third row seat backrest in the opposite direction.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Fuse(s)
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- Left third row power fold seat control switch
- Left third row power fold seat relay
- Left third row power fold seat motor
Note. The smart junction box (SJB) may also be identified as the generic electronic module (GEM).
Scheme 116
Scheme 117
Scheme 118
Scheme 119
Scheme 120
- T1 CHECK LH SEAT OPERATION Turn the key on and place the transmission in NEUTRAL. Does the LH seat operate? YES : Go to T2 . NO : Go to T3 .
- T2 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS53 (VT/BN) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Disconnect: Left Third Row Seat Relay C4183 Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between left third row seat relay C4183-87, circuit CPS53 (VT/BN), harness side and ground. Is voltage present on the circuit? YES : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. NO : INSTALL a new left third row seat relay. TEST the system for normal operation.
- T3 CHECK CIRCUIT SBB05 (GY/RD) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Disconnect: Left Third Row Seat Relay C4183 Measure the voltage between left third row seat relay C4183-30, circuit SBB05 (GY/RD), harness side and ground; and between left third row seat relay C4183-86, circuit SBB05 (GY/RD), harness side and ground. Are the voltages greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to T4 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 5 (30A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
- T4 CHECK LEFT THIRD ROW SEAT RELAY Carry out the component test on the left third row seat relay. Refer to appropriate COMPONENT TESTING article. Did the relay pass? YES : Go to T5 . NO : INSTALL a new left third row seat relay. TEST the system for normal operation.
- T5 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS48 (BU) FOR AN OPEN Disconnect: Right Third Row Seat Relay C4184 Disconnect: SJB C2280b Measure the resistance between left third row seat relay C4183-85, circuit CPS48 (BU), harness side and SJB C2280b-32, circuit CPS48 (BU). Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to T6 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
- T6 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS53 (VT/BN) FOR AN OPEN Disconnect: Left Third Row Seat Control Switch C4179 Measure the resistance between left third row seat relay C4183-87, circuit CPS53 (VT/BN), harness side and left third row seat switch C4179-4, circuit CPS53 (VT/BN), harness side. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to T7 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
- T7 CHECK CIRCUIT GD149 (BK/GY) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between left third row power-fold seat control switch C4179-8, circuit GD149 (BK/GY), harness side and ground; and between left third row power-fold seat control switch C4179-2, circuit GD149 (BK/GY), harness side and ground. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to T8 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
- T8 CHECK LEFT THIRD ROW POWER FOLD SEAT CONTROL SWITCH Disconnect: Left Third Row Power-Fold Seat Control Switch C4179 Using the following table, check the left third row power fold seat control switch. Measure the resistance between the left third row power-fold seat control switch pins, component side, while pressing the indicated switch buttons and compare the results to the table. The resistance measurement must fall within the tolerance given. Seat Control Switch Button Position Pins Results Up 2 and 3 Greater than 5 ohms Rest 2 and 3 Less than 5 ohms Fold 2 and 3 Less than 5 ohms Up 3 and 4 Less than 5 ohms Rest 3 and 4 Greater than 5 ohms Fold 3 and 4 Greater than 5 ohms Up 4 and 7 Greater than 5 ohms Rest 4 and 7 Greater than 5 ohms Fold 4 and 7 Less than 5 ohms Up 7 and 8 Less than 5 ohms Rest 7 and 8 Less than 5 ohms Fold 7 and 8 Greater than 5 ohms Carry out the Third Row Power-Fold Seat Control Switch Component Test. Did the switch pass? YES : Go to T9 . NO : INSTALL a new switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Third Row»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation.
- T9 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS50 (BU/BN) AND CPS49 (BN/GN) FOR AN OPEN Disconnect: Left Third Row Seat Motor C4181 Measure the resistance between left third row seat switch C4179-3, circuit CPS50 (BU/BN), harness side and left third row seat motor C4181-1, circuit CPS50 (BU/BN) harness side; and between left third row seat switch, C4179-7, circuit CPS49 (BN/GN), harness side and left third row seat motor C4181-2, circuit CPS49 (BN/GN), harness side. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new left third row power seat motor. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Third Row»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. NO : REPAIR the circuit(s). TEST the system for normal operation.
Pinpoint Test U: The Power Seat is Inoperative/Does Not Operate Correctly - Third Row Power-Fold Seat, Right
Refer to appropriate SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS article, Power Seats for schematic and connector information.
The right third row power-fold seat relay coil side is supplied battery voltage on circuit SBB12 (GN/RD) and is hot at all times. The ground is supplied to the right third row power-fold seat relay on the coil side through circuit CPS48 (BU) and controlled by the smart junction box (SJB). When the right third row power-fold seat control switch is pressed, voltage is supplied through the switch side of the left third row power-fold seat relay on circuit SBB12 (GN/RD) and supplied ground on circuit GD149 (BK/GY). When pressing the right third row power-fold seat control switch in the opposite direction, the right third row power-fold seat control switch reverses the polarity to the right third row power fold seat motor, which moves the third row seat backrest in the opposite direction.
This pinpoint test is intended to diagnose the following
- Fuse(s)
- Wiring, terminals or connectors
- Right third row power fold seat control switch
- Right third row power fold seat relay
- Right third row power fold seat motor
- SJB
Note. The smart junction box (SJB) may also be identified as the generic electronic module (GEM).
Scheme 121
Scheme 122
Scheme 123
- U1 CHECK RH SEAT OPERATION Turn the key on and place the transmission in NEUTRAL. Does the RH seat operate? YES : Go to U2 . NO : Go to U3 .
- U2 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS54 (WH/OG) FOR A SHORT TO VOLTAGE Key in OFF position. Disconnect: Right Third Row Seat Switch C4184 Key in ON position. Measure the voltage between right third row seat relay C4184-87, circuit CPS54 (WH/OG), harness side and ground. Is voltage present on the circuit? YES : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation. NO : INSTALL a new right third row seat relay. TEST the system for normal operation.
- U3 CHECK CIRCUIT SBB12 (GN/RD) FOR AN OPEN Key in OFF position. Disconnect: Right Third Row Seat Relay C4184 Measure the voltage between right third row seat relay C4184-30, circuit SBB12 (GN/RD), harness side and ground; and between right third row seat relay C4184-86, circuit SBB12 (GN/RD) harness side and ground. Are the voltages greater than 10 volts? YES : Go to U4 . NO : VERIFY battery junction box (BJB) fuse 12 (30A) is OK. If OK, REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
- U4 CHECK RIGHT THIRD ROW SEAT RELAY Carry out component test on the right third row seat relay. Refer to appropriate COMPONENT TESTING article. Did the relay pass? YES : Go to U5 . NO : INSTALL a new right third row seat relay. TEST the system for normal operation.
- U5 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS48 (BU) FOR AN OPEN Disconnect: Left Third Row Seat Relay C4183 Disconnect: SJB C2280b Measure the resistance between right third row seat relay C4184-85, circuit CPS48 (BU), harness side and SJB C2280b-32 circuit CPS48 (BU), harness side. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to U6 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
- U6 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS54 (WH/OG) FOR AN OPEN Disconnect: Right Third Row Seat Control Switch C4180 Measure the resistance between right third row power-fold seat relay C4184-87, circuit CPS54 (WH/OG), harness side and right third row power-fold seat control switch C4180-4, circuit CPS54 (WH/OG), harness side. Is the resistance less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to U7 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
- U7 CHECK CIRCUIT GD149 (BK/GY) FOR AN OPEN Measure the resistance between right third row seat switch C4180-8, circuit GD149 (BK/GY) and C4180-2, circuit GD149 (BK/GY), harness side and ground. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : Go to U8 . NO : REPAIR the circuit. TEST the system for normal operation.
- U8 CHECK RIGHT THIRD ROW POWER FOLD SEAT CONTROL SWITCH Disconnect: Right Third Row Power-Fold Seat Control Switch C4180 Using the following table, check the right third row power fold seat control switch. Measure the resistance between the right third row power-fold seat control switch pins, component side, while pressing the indicated switch buttons and compare the results to the table. The resistance measurement must fall within the tolerance given. Seat Control Switch Button Position Pins Results Up 2 and 3 Less than 5 ohms Rest 2 and 3 Less than 5 ohms Fold 2 and 3 Greater than 5 ohms Up 3 and 4 Greater than 5 ohms Rest 3 and 4 Greater than 5 ohms Fold 3 and 4 Less than 5 ohms Up 4 and 7 Less than 5 ohms Rest 4 and 7 Greater than 5 ohms Fold 4 and 7 Greater than 5 ohms Up 7 and 8 Greater than 5 ohms Rest 7 and 8 Less than 5 ohms Fold 7 and 8 Less than 5 ohms Carry out the Third Row Power-Fold Seat Control Switch Component Test. Did the switch pass? YES : Go to U9 . NO : INSTALL a new switch. REFER to «Seat Control Switch - Third Row»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation.
- U9 CHECK CIRCUIT CPS51 (VT/GY) AND CPS52 (YE/GN) FOR AN OPEN Disconnect: Right Third Row Seat Motor C4182 Measure the resistance between right third row seat switch C4180-3, circuit CPS52 (YE/GN), harness side and right third row seat motor C4182-1, circuit CPS52 (YE/GN) harness side; and between right third row seat switch, C4180-7, circuit CPS51 (VT/GY), harness side and right third row seat motor C4182-2, circuit CPS51 (VT/GY), harness side. Are the resistances less than 5 ohms? YES : INSTALL a new right third row power seat motor. REFER to «Power-Fold Seat Motor - Third Row»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system) . TEST the system for normal operation. NO : REPAIR the circuit(s). TEST the system for normal operation.
Programming Memory Positions
Note. Memory positions can be stored at any time.
Note. Verify good battery condition before diagnosing the memory seat system. Poor battery condition may interfere with memory seat operation, even if vehicle starting is possible.
- To set memory position(s) move the memory driver seat, memory exterior mirrors (if equipped), memory adjustable pedals (if equipped) and memory tilt steering column (if equipped) to the preferred position using the appropriate switch(es).
- Press the memory SET switch button, activating the memory SET switch LED (if equipped).
- Within 5 seconds (before the LED goes out) (if equipped), press memory SET switch button 1 or 2.
- Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to initiate another memory position setting.
Recalling a Stored Memory Position
Note. A memory recall can be initiated only if the vehicle is in PARK or NEUTRAL gear and the ignition switch is not in START. A memory recall in progress will not be affected by moving the ignition switch to START or by moving the gearshift lever out of PARK or NEUTRAL.
Note. Input from the driver seat control switch, memory SET switch, adjustable pedal control switch (if equipped), exterior mirror control switch (if equipped) or power tilt steering column switch (if equipped) during a memory recall will abort the memory recall.
- The driver can recall the desired memory driver seat, memory exterior mirror (if equipped), memory adjustable pedal (if equipped) and memory tilt steering column (if equipped) positions by depressing either memory SET switch button 1 or 2. Depressing memory SET switch button 1 will initiate a recall of the positions stored for Memory 1. Depressing memory SET switch button 2 will initiate a recall of the positions stored for Memory 2.
Seat - Front
Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool
| Item | Specification |
|---|---|
| Threadlock and Sealer TA-25 | WSK-M2G351-A5 |
Material
Note. Driver seat shown, passenger seat similar.
Note. The 4 seat track-to-floor bolts must be tightened in the sequence described in this procedure.
Scheme 124
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 62163 | Seat track-to-floor bolt front cover |
| 2 | W711352 | Seat track-to-floor front bolts |
| 3 | Seat | |
| 4 | Electrical connectors (part of 14A005) | |
| 5 | W711352 | Seat track-to-floor rear bolts |
| 6 | Safety belt retractor belt anchor (part of 611B09) | |
| 7 | Cushion side shield cover (part of 62187) | |
| 8 | Safety belt retractor belt anchor bolt (part of 611B09) | |
| 9 | 600A58 | Scrivets |
| 10 | 61749 | Seat track-to-floor bolt rear inboard cover |
| 11 | 61749 | Seat track-to-floor bolt rear outboard cover |
REMOVAL
| WARNING | Never probe the electrical connectors on safety belt buckle/retractor pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the safety belt pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death. |
| WARNING | Never probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death. |
| WARNING | Use care when handling the front passenger seat and track assembly. Dropping the assembly, placing excessive weight on or sitting on a front passenger seat that is not secured in the vehicle may result in damaged seat components. Failure to follow these instructions may result in incorrect operation of the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system and increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash. |
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
- Pry out at the bottom, then slide up and remove the cushion side shield cover.
- Remove the bolt and separate the safety belt anchor from the seat.
- Remove the seat track-to-floor bolt front cover. Pull up at the front to release the clips, then slide up and forward to remove. The seat track must be back far enough for the rear of the cover to slide up and the locator tab to separate from the seat track.
- Position the seat so that the seat track bracket does not engage the safety belt buckle and pretensioner bracket attached to the cushion frame. If equipped with power seats, move the seat to its highest vertical position.
- Depower the SRS. For additional information, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Depowering and Repowering in the General Procedures portion of «SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/airbag/#supplemental-inflatable-restraint-system) article.
- Remove the 2 seat track-to-floor front bolts.
- Remove the 2 seat track-to-floor bolt rear covers.
- Remove the 2 seat track-to-floor rear bolts.
- Tip the seat, release the wire harness pin-type retainers, disconnect the electrical connectors and remove the seat.
INSTALLATION
| WARNING | Make sure the front passenger seat is correctly installed and fastened to the vehicle. Do not force the alignment to the floorpan mounting holes. If the seat does not align to the floorpan mounting holes, repair the seat or floorpan as needed. Failure to follow these instructions may result in incorrect operation of the occupant classification sensor (OCS) system and increase the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash. |
| WARNING | After any crash, inspect the front passenger seat-to-floorpan mounting area for deformation and restore to its original condition, if deformed. Correct alignment of the occupant classification sensor (OCS) rails to the seat and floorpan is critical for correct OCS system operation. Incorrect operation of the OCS system increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash. |
All seats
Pinpoint Test U
Seat - Exploded View, Front
Note. Driver backrest shown, passenger backrest similar.
Scheme 125
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 14D696 | Backrest heated seat mat (if equipped) |
| 2 | 64417/64811 | Backrest trim cover/backrest foam pad |
| 3 | 65500 | Static lumbar (if equipped) |
| 4 | 65500 | Manual lumbar adjust assembly (if equipped) |
| 5 | 65500 | Power lumbar adjust assembly (if equipped) |
| 6 | 611A08 | Head restraint assembly |
| 7 | 610A18 | Inboard head restraint guide |
| 8 | 610A16 | Outboard head restraint guide |
| 9 | 61018 | Backrest frame (serviced with manual recliners) (if equipped) |
| 10 | 61018 | Backrest frame (serviced with power recliners) (if equipped) |
| 11 | 14547 | Power recline motor (if equipped) |
| 12 | Recliner-to-cushion frame bolts (4 required) (part of 600A58) | |
| 13 | One-way push clips (2 required) (if equipped) (part of 14547) | |
| 14 | Screw (if equipped) (part of 600A58) | |
| 15 | 62714 | Recliner shaft (if equipped) |
| 16 | 611D11 | Side air bag module |
| 17 | Side air bag module bolts (2 required) |
Note. Power seat track shown, manual seat track similar.
Note. The retention bracket and screw can be used to repair cushion side shields that will not retain to the cushion frame wire.
Scheme 126
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Cushion heated seat mat (if equipped) | |
| 2 | 62901/632A23 | Cushion trim cover/cushion foam pad |
| 3 | Cushion frame-to-seat-track nut (4 required) (part of 600A58) | |
| 4 | 63100 | Cushion frame |
| 5 | Safety belt buckle and pretensioner electrical connector cover | |
| 6 | 61203 | Safety belt buckle and pretensioner |
| 7 | Safety belt buckle and pretensioner nut (2 required) (part of 61203) | |
| 8 | 61711 | Power seat track |
| 9 | 610C00 | Manual lumbar control (if equipped) |
| 10 | Manual lumbar control screw (2 required) (if equipped) (part of 600A58) | |
| 11 | 14A701 | Seat control switch (if equipped) |
| 12 | Manual recline handle clip (if equipped) (part of 610A76) | |
| 13 | W506943 | Retention bracket screw (if equipped) |
| 14 | 62256 | Retention bracket (if equipped) |
| 15 | 62187 | Cushion side shield |
| 16 | Scrivet (part of 600A58) | |
| 17 | Pin-type retainer (part of 600A58) | |
| 18 | 62622 | Manual recline handle (if equipped) |
| 19 | 14C715 | Seat control switch knob (if equipped) |
| 20 | 14711 | Power recline switch knob (if equipped) |
| 21 | 14711 | Power lumbar switch knob (if equipped) |
| 22 | 617B70 | Manual lumbar control knob (if equipped) |
| 23 | 14A163 | Bracket |
| 24 | Screw (4 required) (part of 600A58) | |
| 25 | 14C719 | Driver seat wire harness |
| 26 | 14C708 | Driver seat module (if equipped) |
| 27 | Screw (2 required) (if equipped) (part of 600A58) |
Note. Manual seat track shown, power seat track similar.
Note. The retention bracket and screw can be used to repair cushion side shields that will not retain to the cushion frame wire.
Scheme 127
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 14D698 | Cushion heated seat mat (if equipped) |
| 2 | 62900/632A22 | Cushion trim cover/cushion foam pad |
| 3 | 62622 | Manual recline handle (if equipped) |
| 4 | 617B70 | Manual lumbar control knob (if equipped) |
| 5 | Pin-type retainer (part of 600A58) | |
| 6 | 14C715 | Seat control switch knob (if equipped) |
| 7 | Scrivet (part of 600A58) | |
| 8 | 62186 | Cushion side shield |
| 9 | Manual recline handle clip (part of 610A76) (if equipped) | |
| 10 | 14A701 | Seat control switch (if equipped) |
| 11 | 610C00 | Manual lumbar control (if equipped) |
| 12 | 62256 | Retention bracket (if equipped) |
| 13 | W506943 | Retention bracket screw (if equipped) |
| 14 | Manual lumbar control screw (2 required) (if equipped) (part of 600A58) | |
| 15 | Cushion frame-to-seat-track nut (4 required) (part of 600A58) | |
| 16 | 63100 | Cushion frame |
| 17 | 14A163 | Bracket |
| 18 | Screw (4 required) (part of 600A58) | |
| 19 | 14B422 | Occupant classification system module (OCSM) |
| 20 | Screw, OCSM (2 required) (part of 600A58) | |
| 21 | 14A699 | Passenger seat wire harness |
| 22 | Seat track-to-OCS rail bolts (8 required) (part of 600A58) | |
| 23 | 61710 | Manual seat track |
| 24 | 61202 | Safety belt buckle and pretensioner |
| 25 | Safety belt buckle and pretensioner electrical connector cover | |
| 26 | Safety belt buckle and pretensioner nut (2 required) (part of 61203) | |
| 27 | 62126 | Outboard OCS rail shield |
| 28 | 61708 | Outboard OCS rail |
| 29 | 62127 | Inboard OCS rail shield |
| 30 | Outboard OCS rail electrical connector (part of 14A699) | |
| 31 | Inboard OCS rail electrical connector (part of 14A699) | |
| 32 | 61709 | Inboard OCS rail |
- For additional information, refer to the procedures in this article.
Seat Backrest - Front
Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
| WARNING | Never probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death. |
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Note. Driver shown, passenger similar.
All seats
Pinpoint Test U
Seat Backrest Cover - Front
Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool
| WARNING | Front seat backrest trim covers installed on seats equipped with seat side air bags cannot be repaired. A new trim cover must be installed. Cleaning is permissible. Failure to follow these instructions may result in the seat side air bag module deploying incorrectly and increase the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash. |
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
All seats
Pinpoint Test U
Seat Cushion Cover - Front
Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
All seats
Pinpoint Test U
Seat Track
Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
All seats
Pinpoint Test U
Seat Recliner Motor
Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
- Remove the front seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Front»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-front) .
- Remove the front seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Front»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-front) .
- Remove the plastic rivets attaching the backrest trim cover to the inboard and outboard recliners.
- Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clip, hook-and-loop strips and invert the trim cover to the first row of hog rings.
- Remove the one-way push clip on the side of the inboard power recliner. Slide the recliner shaft out from the outboard side of the seat enough to clear the inboard recliner and power recline motor.
- Disconnect the electrical connector, remove the screw and the power recline motor.
- Install the recliner motor in the following sequence. Position the recliner shaft through the recliner motor and inboard recliner. Install a new one-way push clip onto the recliner shaft at the inboard power recliner. Turn the recliner motor so the recliner motor mounting hole lines up with the screw hole in the inboard power recliner. Install the recliner motor bolt. Connect the recliner motor electrical connector.
- Roll the backrest trim cover down, attach the hook-and-loop strips and connect the backrest trim cover lower J-clip.
- Position the backrest trim cover to the inboard and outboard recliners and install the plastic rivets.
- Install the front seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Front»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-front) .
- Install the front seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Front»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-front) .
Lumbar Assembly
Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
All seats
Pinpoint Test U
Scheme 128
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 04609 | Instrument panel center lower LH finish panel |
| 2 | 04608 | Instrument panel center lower RH finish panel |
| 3 | 044D70 | Instrument panel center finish panel |
| 4 | Electrical connector (part of 14401) | |
| 5 | 13350 | Heated seat/heated windshield switch pack |
| 6 | 7E391 | Console trim ring |
| 7 | W705796 | Screws |
| 8 | 04567 | Console finish panel |
| 9 | Electrical connector (part of 14B079) |
- Position the gear selector to NEUTRAL.
- Remove the console trim ring.
- Open the center console door, remove the 2 screws and pull up on the console finish panel to release the retainers.
- Disconnect the power point electrical connector and remove the console finish panel.
- Pull out to release the retainers and separate the instrument panel center lower RH and LH finish panels.
- Pull out to release the retainers and separate the instrument panel center finish panel.
- Disconnect the electrical connector, release the 4 tabs and remove the heated seat/heated windshield switch pack.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Scheme 129
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 04609 | Instrument panel center lower LH finish panel |
| 2 | 04608 | Instrument panel center lower RH finish panel |
| 3 | 044D70 | Instrument panel center finish panel |
| 4 | Electrical connector (part of 14401) | |
| 5 | 044D82 | Memory SET switch |
| 6 | 7E391 | Console trim ring |
| 7 | W705796 | Screws |
| 8 | 04567 | Console finish panel |
| 9 | Electrical connector (part of 14B079) |
- Position the gear selector to NEUTRAL.
- Remove the console trim ring.
- Open the center console door, remove the 2 screws and pull up on the console finish panel to release the retainers.
- Disconnect the power point electrical connector and remove the console finish panel.
- Pull out to release the retainers and separate the instrument panel center lower RH and LH finish panels.
- Pull out to release the retainers and separate the instrument panel center finish panel.
- Disconnect the electrical connector, release the 4 tabs and remove the memory SET switch.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Seat Control Switch
Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
All seats
Pinpoint Test U
Scheme 130
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 610D72 | Safety belt bezel |
| 2 | 66600/66800 | Backrest trim cover/backrest foam pad |
| 3 | Pin-type retainer (part of 605C10) | |
| 4 | 613C46 | Safety belt retractor cover |
| 5 | 611B64 | Safety belt retractor |
| 6 | 611D52 | Safety belt retractor insulator |
| 7 | 613A38 | Backrest frame |
| 8 | Head restraint | |
| 9 | 610A16 | Head restraint guides |
| 10 | 61382 | Outboard recliner |
| 11 | Outboard recliner-to-backrest frame bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 12 | Safety belt anchor bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 13 | 61383 | Inboard recliner |
| 14 | Safety belt retractor bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 15 | Inboard recliner-to-backrest frame bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 16 | 601L60 | Kneeling mechanism release handle and cable |
| 17 | Screws (part of 605C10) | |
| 18 | 61349 | Inboard recliner outer cover |
Scheme 131
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Safety belt anchor bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 2 | Safety belt anchor (part of 611B64) | |
| 3 | Inboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 4 | Inboard recliner-to-kneeling mechanism bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 5 | Inboard recliner-to-latch foot assembly bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 6 | 601L60 | Kneeling mechanism release handle and cable |
| 7 | 61383 | Inboard recliner |
| 8 | 61349 | Inboard recliner inner cover |
| 9 | 63804/63840 | Cushion trim cover/cushion foam pad |
| 10 | 63160 | Cushion frame |
| 11 | Cushion frame-to-kneeling mechanism bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 12 | Screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 13 | 61348 | Outboard recliner inner cover |
| 14 | 61382 | Outboard recliner |
| 15 | Outboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 16 | 61348 | Outboard recliner outer cover |
| 17 | 62418 | Recliner handle |
| 18 | Screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 19 | 611C72 | Safety belt buckle assembly |
| 20 | W700883 | Safety belt buckle assembly bolts |
| 21 | Cushion frame-to-latch foot assembly bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 22 | 624B74 | Shock |
| 23 | 61382 | Recliner release shaft |
| 24 | 601L60 | Cable assembly |
| 25 | 81349 | Kneeling mechanism inboard leg inner cover |
| 26 | 81348 | Kneeling mechanism outboard leg inner cover |
| 27 | 81349 | Kneeling mechanism inboard leg outer cover |
| 28 | Kneeling mechanism-to-mounting plate nuts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 29 | Screws (4 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 30 | 81348 | Kneeling mechanism outboard leg outer cover |
| 31 | 61382 | Kneeling mechanism |
| 32 | Latch feet retracting link retainer | |
| 33 | 61382 | Latch feet retracting link |
| 34 | Spacer | |
| 35 | Bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 36 | Screws (part of 605C10) | |
| 37 | Latch feet release bar | |
| 38 | 61382 | Latch feet assembly |
| 39 | 61349 | Inboard latch foot cover |
| 40 | 61348 | Outboard latch foot cover |
| 41 | Screws (part of 605C10) | |
| 42 | 606A50 | Mounting plate |
Scheme 132
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 611A09 | Head restraint |
| 2 | 610A16 | Head restraint guides |
| 3 | 613A39 | Backrest frame |
| 4 | 66601/66801 | Backrest trim cover/backrest foam pad |
| 5 | 601L60 | Kneeling mechanism release handle and cable |
| 6 | Recliner-to-backrest frame bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 7 | 61383 | Outboard recliner |
| 8 | Screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 9 | 61383 | Inboard recliner |
Scheme 133
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 2 | 62419 | Recliner handle |
| 3 | 61349 | Outboard recliner outer cover |
| 4 | 61383 | Outboard recliner |
| 5 | Outboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 6 | 601L60 | Cable assembly |
| 7 | 61349 | Outboard recliner inner cover |
| 8 | 63805/63841 | Cushion trim cover/cushion foam pad |
| 9 | Cushion frame-to-kneeling mechanism bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 10 | Screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 11 | Cushion frame-to-latch feet assembly bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 12 | 601L60 | Kneeling mechanism release handle and cable |
| 13 | 63161 | Cushion frame |
| 14 | Screws (part of 605C10) | |
| 15 | 61348 | Inboard recliner inner cover |
| 16 | Screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 17 | 61383 | Inboard recliner |
| 18 | 611C73 | Safety belt buckle |
| 19 | 61348 | Inboard recliner outer cover |
| 20 | 624B75 | Shock |
| 21 | 61383 | Recliner release shaft |
| 22 | Inboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 23 | Inboard recliner and safety belt buckle-to-cushion frame bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 24 | 61349 | Kneeling mechanism outboard leg outer cover |
| 25 | 61349 | Kneeling mechanism outboard leg inner cover |
| 26 | Screws (part of 605C10) | |
| 27 | 81348 | Kneeling mechanism inboard leg inner cover |
| 28 | Latch feet retracting link-to-kneeling mechanism bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 29 | 61383 | Kneeling mechanism |
| 30 | 81348 | Kneeling mechanism inboard leg outer cover |
| 31 | Kneeling mechanism-to-mounting plate nuts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 32 | Spacer | |
| 33 | 61383 | Latch feet retracting link |
| 34 | Screws (part of 605C10) | |
| 35 | Latch feet retracting link-to-latch feet assembly bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 36 | Screws (part of 605C10) | |
| 37 | Latch feet release bar | |
| 38 | 61383 | Latch feet assembly |
| 39 | 61349 | Outboard latch foot cover |
| 40 | 61348 | Inboard latch foot cover |
| 41 | Screws (part of 605C10) | |
| 42 | 606A51 | Mounting plate |
Scheme 134
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 611A08 | Head restraint |
| 2 | 610A16 | Head restraint sleeves |
| 3 | 66601 | Backrest trim cover |
| 4 | 66801 | Backrest foam pad |
| 5 | 613A39 | Backrest frame |
Scheme 135
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Upper latch bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 2 | Upper latch bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 3 | Release handle screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 4 | 62419 | Release handle |
| 5 | 56906-S | Latch cover screws |
| 6 | 61349 | Latch covers (2 required) |
| 7 | 56906-S | Latch cover screws |
| 8 | 61349 | Latch covers |
| 9 | 63805 | Cushion trim cover |
| 10 | 63841 | Cushion foam pad |
| 11 | 56906-S | Lower latch cover screw |
| 12 | 56906-S | Lower latch cover screw |
| 13 | 61349 | Lower latch covers |
| 14 | Lower latch bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 15 | Lower latch bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 16 | 61383 | Latch |
| 17 | Outboard lower latch nuts (part of 605C10) | |
| 18 | 61383 | Latch pivot |
| 19 | 7801L60 | Riser attachment cable |
| 20 | 61332 | Torsion rod |
| 21 | 63844 | Cushion pad support |
| 22 | Front spring hinge bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 23 | 605A76 | Pivot springs |
| 24 | 631B79 | Seat cushion frame |
| 25 | 600A87 | Floor riser |
Scheme 136
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 610A16 | Head restraint sleeves |
| 2 | 611A08 | Head restraint |
| 3 | 851282 | Release handle |
| 4 | 851334 | Release handle screw |
| 5 | 851260 | Outboard latch cover |
| 6 | 851334 | Latch cover screws |
| 7 | Outboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 8 | 61382 | Latch assembly (inboard, outboard and cable) |
| 9 | 613A38 | Backrest frame |
| 10 | N807750-S | Safety belt retractor bolt |
| 11 | Seat tether-to-riser frame nut (late production Explorer/Mountaineer) | |
| 12 | Seat tether (late production Explorer/Mountaineer) | |
| 13 | 613C46 | Safety belt retractor cover |
| 14 | 611B64 | Safety belt retractor |
| 15 | 66601 | Backrest trim cover |
| 16 | 610D72 | Safety belt guide cover |
| 17 | 66800 | Backrest foam pad |
| 18 | W505237-S | Outboard latch-to-riser frame bolts |
| 19 | 606A50 | Riser frame |
| 20 | Inboard latch-to-riser frame front bolt (early production with Torx® head) (part of 605C10) | |
| 21 | Inboard latch-to-riser frame front bolt (late production with hex head) | |
| 22 | Safety belt anchor bolt (early production with Torx® head) (part of 605C10) | |
| 23 | Safety belt anchor bolt (late production with hex head) | |
| 24 | Inboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts (part of 605C10) |
Scheme 137
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 610D72 | Safety belt guide cover |
| 2 | 66601 | Backrest trim cover |
| 3 | 66800 | Backrest foam pad |
| 4 | 851282 | Release handle |
| 5 | Release handle screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 6 | 61348 | Outboard latch cover |
| 7 | W505273 | Outboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts |
| 8 | 611A08 | Head restraint |
| 9 | 62648 | Latch assembly (outboard, upper and cable) |
| 10 | 610A16 | Head restraint sleeves |
| 11 | 613A38 | Backrest frame |
| 12 | 638A74 | Inner latch cover |
| 13 | Upper latch cover screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 14 | Upper latch-to-backrest frame bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 15 | Backrest support panel (part of 613A38) | |
| 16 | Backrest support panel screw (part of 613A38) | |
| 17 | 638A74 | Upper latch cover |
| 18 | Upper latch cover screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 19 | W505237 | Outboard latch-to-riser frame bolts |
| 20 | Latch cover screw | |
| 21 | Inboard latch-to-riser frame front bolt (early production with Torx® head) | |
| 22 | Inboard latch-to-riser frame front bolt (late production with hex head) | |
| 23 | 606A50 | Riser frame |
| 24 | Inboard latch | |
| 25 | N807750 | Safety belt retractor bolt |
| 26 | W505237 | Inboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts |
| 27 | 613C46 | Safety belt retractor cover |
| 28 | 611B64 | Safety belt retractor |
| 29 | Safety belt anchor bolt (early production with Torx® head) | |
| 30 | Safety belt anchor bolt (late production with hex head) |
Scheme 138
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 854182 | Latch cover screws |
| 2 | 820007 | Latch cover |
| 3 | 854182 | Latch cover screws |
| 4 | 851262 | Latch cover |
| 5 | Upper pivot latch bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 6 | Upper pivot latch bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 7 | 63805 | Cushion trim cover |
| 8 | 63840 | Cushion foam pad |
| 9 | 63844 | Cushion pad support |
| 10 | 63844 | Cushion pad support |
| 11 | 631B79 | Seat cushion frame |
Scheme 139
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 851334 | Release handle screw |
| 2 | 820015 | Release handle |
| 3 | 851334 | Latch cover screws |
| 4 | 820009 | Outboard latch cover |
| 5 | 611C73 | Safety belt buckle and bolt |
| 6 | 611A08 | Head restraint |
| 7 | 610A16 | Head restraint sleeves |
| 8 | 66601 | Backrest trim cover |
| 9 | 66801 | Backrest foam pad |
| 10 | W505237-S | Upper latch bolts |
| 11 | W505237-S | Upper latch bolts |
| 12 | 613A39 | Backrest frame |
| 13 | W505237-S | Lower latch bolts |
| 14 | W505237-S | Lower latch bolts |
| 15 | 61383 | Latch assembly |
| 16 | 600A87 | Riser frame |
Scheme 140
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 854182 | Latch cover screws |
| 2 | 820011 | Latch cover |
| 3 | 854182 | Latch cover screws |
| 4 | 851264 | Latch cover |
| 5 | Upper pivot latch bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 6 | Upper pivot latch bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 7 | 63805 | Cushion trim cover |
| 8 | 63841 | Cushion foam pad |
| 9 | 63844 | Cushion pad support |
| 10 | 631B79 | Seat cushion frame |
- For additional information, refer to the procedures in this article.
Seat - Second Row, 60/40, E-Z Entry
| Item | Specification |
|---|---|
| Threadlock and Sealer TA-25 | WSK-M2G351-A5 |
Material
Note. When installing any seat-to-floor bolts or floor studs, apply threadlock.
Scheme 141
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 40 percent E-Z entry seat | |
| 2 | W711175 | Mounting plate-to-floor front bolts (M10) (2 required) |
| 3 | N620482 | Mounting plate-to-floor nut |
| 4 | W711952 | Mounting plate-to-floor rear bolts (M12) (2 required) |
Note. When installing any seat-to-floor bolts or floor studs, apply threadlock.
Scheme 142
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 60 percent E-Z entry seat | |
| 2 | W711175 | Mounting plate-to-floor front bolts (M10) (2 required) |
| 3 | N620482 | Mounting plate-to-floor nut |
| 4 | W711952 | Mounting plate-to-floor rear bolts (M12) (5 required) |
- Remove the affected seat retainers and the remove the 40 percent or 60 percent seat.
60 percent seat
- Position the 60 percent seat into the vehicle.
- Tighten the retainers in the following sequence. Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft) Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft) Apply threadlock and tighten the remaining 5 bolts in any sequence to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft).
- Position the 40 percent seat into the vehicle.
- Tighten the retainers in the following sequence. Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft) Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft) Apply threadlock and tighten the remaining 2 bolts in any sequence to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft).
- Make sure the safety belt and buckles are accessible to the occupants after installation.
- Remove the second row, 40 percent E-Z entry seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, 60/40, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-6040-e-z) .
- Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clip, hook-and-loop strips and partially invert the backrest trim cover to expose the 2 inboard and 2 outboard recliner-to-backrest frame bolts.
- Separate the kneeling mechanism release handle from the backrest frame. Release the 3 kneeling mechanism release handle clips and separate from the backrest frame. Pull the kneeling mechanism release handle and cable back through the backrest frame. Separating the kneeling mechanism release handle from the backrest frame can also be done by going between the backrest foam pad and backrest frame. Release the top and side clips and push out separating the kneeling mechanism release handle from the backrest frame.
- Release the kneeling mechanism cable from the backrest frame.
- Remove the 2 inboard and 2 outboard recliner-to-backrest frame bolts and remove the backrest assembly.
Pinpoint Test U
- Using an appropriate tool, push in the hole of each head restraint guide while lifting up and remove the head restraint.
- Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clip, hook-and-loop strips and partially invert the trim cover.
- Separate the kneeling mechanism release handle from the backrest frame. Release the 3 kneeling mechanism release handle clips and separate from the backrest frame. Separating the kneeling mechanism release handle from the backrest frame can also be done by going between the backrest foam pad and backrest frame. Release the top and side clips and push out, separating the kneeling mechanism release handle from the backrest frame.
- Release the hook-and-loop strips and invert the trim cover as high as it will go. Pull the kneeling mechanism release handle and cable through the backrest trim cover opening.
- From between the backrest foam pad and the backrest frame, reach up, pinch the ends together and remove the head restraint guides.
- Remove the backrest trim cover.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
- Remove the second row, 60 percent E-Z entry seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, 60/40, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-6040-e-z) .
- Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clip, hook-and-loop strips and partially invert the backrest trim cover to expose the 2 inboard and 2 outboard recliner-to-backrest frame bolts.
- Separate the kneeling mechanism release handle from the backrest frame. Release the 3 kneeling mechanism release handle clips and separate from the backrest frame. Pull the kneeling mechanism release handle and cable back through the backrest frame. Separating the kneeling mechanism release handle from the backrest frame can also be done by going between the backrest foam pad and backrest frame. Release the top and side clips and push out separating the kneeling mechanism release handle from the backrest frame.
- Release the kneeling mechanism cable from the backrest frame.
- Remove 2 screws and the inboard recliner outer cover.
- Remove the safety belt anchor bolt and separate the safety belt anchor from the inboard recliner.
- Remove the 2 inboard and 2 outboard recliner-to-backrest frame bolts and remove the backrest assembly.
Pinpoint Test U
- Using an appropriate tool, push in the hole of each head restraint guide while lifting up and remove the head restraint.
- Remove 2 screws and the inboard recliner outer cover.
- Remove the safety belt anchor bolt and separate safety belt anchor from the inboard recliner. To install, tighten to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft).
- Remove the safety belt bezel.
- Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clip, hook-and-loop strips and partially invert the backrest trim cover.
- Separate the kneeling mechanism release handle from the backrest frame. Release the 3 kneeling mechanism release handle clips and separate from the backrest frame. Separating the kneeling mechanism release handle from the backrest frame can also be done by going between the backrest foam pad and backrest frame. Release the top and side clips and push out separating the kneeling mechanism release handle from the backrest frame.
- Release the hook-and-loop strips and invert the trim cover as high as it will go. Pull the kneeling mechanism release handle and cable through the backrest trim cover opening.
- From between the backrest foam pad and the backrest frame, reach up, pinch the ends together and remove the 2 head restraint guides.
- Route out the safety belt and remove the backrest trim cover.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
- Remove the 2 screws and the latch feet release bar.
- Release all the cushion trim cover retainers and pin-type retainers.
- Release the hook-and-loop strips and remove the cushion trim cover from the cushion foam pad.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
- Remove the 2 screws and the latch feet release bar.
- Release all the cushion trim cover retainers and pin-type retainers.
- Release the hook-and-loop strips and separate the cushion trim cover from the cushion foam pad.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure. After installation, make sure the LATCH and safety belt buckles are accessible to the occupants.
| WARNING | Use care when the seat back frame is removed and when releasing the recliners from a backrest upright position. The recliners are spring-loaded, which may cause the recliner upper arms to fold with significant speed/force. Failure to follow this instruction may result in serious personal injury. |
| CAUTION | The recliner bolts must be tightened in sequence or recliner latches that do not lock in place or binding may occur. |
Inboard and/or outboard recliners
- Remove the second row, 40 percent E-Z entry seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, 60/40, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-6040-e-z) .
- Remove the second row, 40 percent E-Z entry seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-second-row-40) .
- Remove 3 screws, recliner handle and outboard recliner outer cover.
- Separate the outboard recliner. Remove the 2 outboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts. NOTE: When pulling outboard recliner out, note keyed position of recliner release shaft as it may pull out of inboard recliner. Pull out to release the outboard recliner from the recliner release shaft. Separate the outboard recliner.
- Remove the outboard recliner inner cover.
- Remove the outboard recliner. Rotate the cable casing out of the outboard recliner. NOTE: The cable ends are color coded/keyed to the levers. Rotate the cable ends out of the outboard recliner levers. Remove the outboard recliner.
- Remove the 2 screws and inboard recliner outer cover.
- Separate the inboard recliner. Remove the 2 inboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts and the safety belt buckle. NOTE: When pulling the inboard recliner out, note keyed position of recliner release shaft as it may pull out of outboard recliner. Pull out to release the inboard recliner from the recliner release shaft. Separate the inboard recliner.
- Remove the inboard recliner inner cover.
- Remove the screw and separate the kneeling mechanism release cable pivot at the inboard recliner. Remove the inboard recliner.
Inboard and/or outboard recliners
Pinpoint Test U
- Remove the second row, 60 percent E-Z entry seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, 60/40, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-6040-e-z) .
- Remove the second row, 60 percent E-Z entry seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 60 Percent, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-second-row-60) .
- Separate the kneeling mechanism release cable pivot at the inboard recliner.
- Release the cushion trim cover at the inboard side of the cushion frame. Pull the cushion trim cover back to expose 4 inboard recliner bolts.
- Remove the inboard recliner. Remove the 2 inboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts. Remove the inboard recliner-to-kneeling mechanism bolt. Remove the inboard recliner-to-latch feet assembly bolt. NOTE: When pulling inboard recliner out, note keyed position of recliner release shaft as it may pull out of outboard recliner. Pull out and remove the inboard recliner. Remove the inboard recliner inner cover.
Pinpoint Test U
- Remove the second row, 60 percent E-Z entry seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, 60/40, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-6040-e-z) .
- Remove the second row, 60 percent E-Z entry seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 60 Percent, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-second-row-60) .
- Remove 3 screws, recliner handle and outboard recliner outer cover.
- Remove the 2 outboard recliner-to-backrest frame bolts.
- Remove 2 outboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts, pull out and separate the outboard recliner.
- Remove the outboard recliner inner cover.
- Remove the outboard recliner. Rotate the cable casing out of the outboard recliner. NOTE: The cable ends are color coded/keyed to the levers. Rotate the cable ends out of the outboard recliner levers. Remove the outboard recliner.
Pinpoint Test U
Seat - Second Row, Sport Trac
| Item | Specification |
|---|---|
| Threadlock and Sealer TA-25 | WSK-M2G351-A5 |
Material
Note. When installing any seat-to-floor bolts or floor studs, apply threadlock.
Scheme 143
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | W711175 | Seat-to-floor bolts (M10) (4 required) |
| 2 | N620482 | Seat-to-floor nut |
| 3 | W711952 | Seat-to-floor bolt (M12) |
| 4 | 40 percent seat |
Note. When installing any seat-to-floor bolts or floor studs, apply threadlock.
Scheme 144
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | W711175 | Seat-to-floor bolts (M10) (4 required) |
| 2 | N620482 | Seat-to-floor nut (M10) |
| 3 | 60 percent seat | |
| 4 | N801995 | Seat-to-floor nut (M12) |
Note. When removing the 60 percent seat, the 40 percent seat must be removed first to gain access to the 60 percent seat-to-floor fasteners.
Note. Late build vehicle 60 percent seats will have an upper latch that clasps around a striker on the cab back wall. This has to be released before the seat can be removed.
40 and 60 percent seats
- Remove the 40 percent seat front seat-to-floor retainers.
- With the 40 percent seat in the normal sitting position, lift the seat cushion up for access to the 40 percent seat rear retainers.
- Remove the rear retainers and 40 percent seat from the vehicle.
- Remove the 60 percent seat front seat-to-floor retainers.
- With the 60 percent seat in the normal sitting position, lift the seat cushion up for access to the 60 percent seat rear retainers. Pull the safety belt buckles through the 60 percent seat cushion opening.
- Remove the 60 percent seat-to-floor rear retainers. For early build vehicles, remove the 60 percent seat from the vehicle.
- For late build vehicles, turn the release handle, releasing the outboard and upper latches and fold the backrest forward. Remove the 60 percent seat from the vehicle.
Note. Make sure the safety belt and buckles are accessible to the occupants after positioning the seat(s) in the vehicle.
60 percent seat
- Position the 60 percent seat in the vehicle.
- Tighten the retainers in the sequence shown. Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Tighten to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
- Position the safety belt buckles through the 60 percent seat cushion opening.
- Position the backrest upright and make sure the outboard and upper latches lock the backrest in the upright position.
- Position the 40 percent seat in the vehicle.
- Tighten the retainers in the sequence shown. Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft). Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
Seat - Second Row, Explorer, 60/40 Bench
| Item | Specification |
|---|---|
| Threadlock and Sealer TA-25 | WSK-M2G351-A5 |
Material
Note. When installing any seat-to-floor bolts or floor studs, apply threadlock.
Scheme 145
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 40 percent seat | |
| 2 | W711952 | Seat-to-floor bolt (M12) |
| 3 | N620482 | Seat-to-floor nut |
| 4 | W711175 | Seat-to-floor bolts (M10) (4 required) |
Note. When installing any seat-to-floor bolts or floor studs, apply threadlock.
Scheme 146
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 60 percent seat | |
| 2 | N620482 | Seat-to-floor nut (M10) |
| 3 | W711952 | Tether-to-floor bolt (M12) (late build) |
| 4 | N801995 | Seat-to-floor nut (M12) |
| 5 | W711175 | Seat-to-floor bolts (M10) (4 required) |
Note. When removing the 60 percent seat, the 40 percent seat must be removed first to gain access to the 60 percent seat-to-floor fasteners.
40 and 60 percent seats
- Remove the 40 percent seat front seat-to-floor bolts.
- With the 40 percent seat in the normal sitting position, lift the seat cushion up for access to the 40 percent seat rear retainers.
- Remove the rear retainers and 40 percent seat from the vehicle.
- Remove the tether-to-floor bolt (if equipped).
- Remove the 60 percent seat front seat-to-floor bolts.
- With the 60 percent seat in the normal sitting position, lift the seat cushion up for access to the 60 percent seat rear retainers. Pull the safety belt buckles through the 60 percent seat cushion opening.
- Remove the rear retainers and 60 percent seat from the vehicle.
Note. Make sure the safety belt and buckles are accessible to the occupants after positioning the seat(s) in the vehicle.
60 percent seat
- Position the 60 percent seat in the vehicle.
- Tighten the retainers in the sequence shown. Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Tighten to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft).
- Position the safety belt buckles through the 60 percent seat cushion opening.
- Position the 40 percent seat in the vehicle.
- Tighten the retainers in the sequence shown. Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft). Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
- Release the seat backrest J-clip.
- Remove all the staples holding the backrest trim cover to the backrest support panel.
- Invert the seat backrest trim cover and foam pad to access the latch cover screws.
- Remove the 4 screws and the 2 covers. Detach the seat backrest material attachment from both of the latch covers.
- Remove the 2 backrest support panel lower screws and detach the latch cable. Position the cable out from between the backrest frame and backrest support panel.
- Remove the 4 backrest pivot bolts.
- Remove the 40 percent backrest.
- Position the backrest to the latch. The cable is to be routed in front of the spring.
- The cable is to pass between the backrest frame and the backrest support at the 2 points shown.
- Install the 4 backrest pivot bolts. Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
- Install the 2 backrest support panel lower screws.
- Position the 2 covers and install the 4 screws. Attach the material attachments to both of the latch covers.
- Roll the seat backrest trim cover and foam pad back down into position.
- Position the trim cover and install staples in the backrest support panel.
- Attach the seat backrest J-clip.
- Remove the head restraint.
- Release the seat backrest J-clip.
- Remove all the staples holding the backrest trim cover to the backrest support panel.
- Invert the seat backrest trim cover and foam pad to access the head restraint sleeve.
- Squeeze together the tip of the head restraint sleeve and pull the sleeve out of the frame tube.
- Separate the hook-and-loop fasteners. Remove the seat backrest trim cover.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
All vehicles
- Remove the second row 60 percent seat of the 60/40 bench seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, Sport Trac»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-sport-trac) or «Seat - Second Row, Explorer, 60/40 Bench»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-explorer-6040) .
- Remove the safety belt guide cover in the following sequence. Pull out at the bottom and release the 2 safety belt guide cover retainers. Tip the bottom of the safety belt guide cover up to release the top retainer and remove the safety belt guide cover.
- Remove the retainers and the upper latch cover.
- Remove the safety belt anchor bolt.
- Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clips.
- Remove all the staples holding the backrest trim cover to the backrest support panel.
- Position the backrest trim cover and foam pad to access the latch cover screws.
- Remove the latch covers in the following sequence. Remove the 4 latch cover screws. Detach the backrest trim cover from the latch covers. Remove the latch covers.
- Remove the 2 backrest support panel lower screws and detach the latch release cable from the backrest support panel.
- Separate the hook-and-loop fasteners and invert the backrest trim cover. Pull the backrest trim cover up over the top of the backrest frame to expose the backrest support panel screws and the upper latch bolts.
- Remove the backrest support panel in the following sequence. Remove the backrest support panel screws. Slide the backrest support panel down and release it from the safety belt retractor cover. Release the latch release cable from the backrest support panel. Remove the backrest support panel.
- Remove the screw and the inner latch cover.
- Remove the 2 upper latch bolts.
- Separate the latch release cable pin-type retainer from the backrest frame.
- Remove the outboard upper pivot latch bolt.
- Remove the 2 inboard and 2 outboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts.
- Remove the 60 percent backrest. For Explorer and Mountaineer, position the latch release cable out from between the backrest frame and backrest support panel.
Sport Trac vehicles
- Install the backrest frame to the inboard and outboard latches in the following sequence. Position the backrest frame to the inboard and outboard latches and hand start the 2 inboard and 2 outboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts. Hand start the outboard upper pivot latch bolt. Install the 2 inboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts. Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Install the 2 outboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts. Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Install the outboard upper pivot latch bolt. Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
- Position the upper latch and install the bolts. Tighten to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).
- Position the inner latch cover and install the screw.
- Position the backrest support panel to the backrest frame and route the latch release cable. The latch release cable is to pass between the backrest frame and the backrest support at the 2 points shown.
- Install the backrest support panel screws to the backrest frame. Attach the latch release cable to the backrest support panel.
- Position the backrest to the inboard and outboard latches and route the cable between the backrest frame and support panel. The cable is to pass between the backrest frame and the backrest support at the 2 points shown.
- Install the backrest frame to the inboard and outboard latches in the following sequence. Position the backrest frame to the inboard and outboard latches and hand start the 2 inboard and 2 outboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts. Hand start the outboard upper pivot latch bolt. Install the 2 inboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts. Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Install the 2 outboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts. Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Install the outboard upper pivot latch bolt. Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
- Install the backrest support panel screws to the backrest frame. Attach the latch release cable to the backrest support panel.
- Route the latch release cable through the inboard latch holder.
- Position the latch release cable in front of the spring.
- Roll the backrest trim cover down. For Sport Trac, route the safety belt through the backrest trim cover. Attach the backrest trim cover to backrest foam pad hook-and-loop strips.
- Attach the backrest trim cover to both of the latch covers. Position the 2 latch covers and install the 4 screws.
- Position the trim cover and install staples in the backrest support panel.
- Attach the backrest trim cover J-clip.
- Position the safety belt anchor and install the bolt. For early production (Torx® head bolt), to install, tighten to 76 Nm (56 lb-ft). For late production (hex head bolt), to install, tighten to 121 Nm (89 lb-ft).
- Position the upper latch cover and install the retainers.
- Install the safety belt guide cover.
- Install the second row 60 percent seat of the 60/40 bench seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, Sport Trac»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-sport-trac) or «Seat - Second Row, Explorer, 60/40 Bench»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-explorer-6040) .
All vehicles
- Remove the second row 60 percent seat of the 60/40 bench seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, Sport Trac»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-sport-trac) or «Seat - Second Row, Explorer, 60/40 Bench»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-explorer-6040) .
- Using an appropriate tool, push in the hole of each head restraint guide while lifting up and remove the head restraint.
- Remove the safety belt anchor bolt. For early production (torx® head bolt), to install, tighten to 76 Nm (56 lb-ft). For late production (hex head bolt), to install, tighten to 121 Nm (89 lb-ft).
- Remove the safety belt guide cover in the following sequence. Pull out at the bottom and release the 2 safety belt guide cover retainers. Tip the bottom of the safety belt guide cover up to release the top retainer and remove the safety belt guide cover.
- Remove the retainers and the upper latch cover.
- Release the backrest trim cover J-clip.
- Remove all the staples in the backrest support panel.
- Reposition the backrest trim cover and foam pad to access the latch cover screws.
- Remove the latch covers in the following sequence. Remove the 4 latch cover screws. Detach the backrest trim cover from the latch covers. Remove the latch covers.
- Separate the hook-and-loop fasteners and invert the backrest trim cover.
- Squeeze together the tip of the head restraint sleeve and pull the sleeve out of the frame tube.
- Remove the backrest trim cover. Feed the safety belt out through the opening in the backrest trim cover.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
- Remove the second row 40 percent seat of the 60/40 bench seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, Sport Trac»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-sport-trac) or «Seat - Second Row, Explorer, 60/40 Bench»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-explorer-6040) .
- Release the J-clips, separate the hook-and-loop fasteners, remove the hog rings and the cushion trim cover.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
- Remove the second row 60 percent seat of the 60/40 bench seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, Sport Trac»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-sport-trac) or «Seat - Second Row, Explorer, 60/40 Bench»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-explorer-6040) .
- Release the J-clips, separate the hook-and-loop fasteners, remove the hog rings and the cushion trim cover.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Scheme 147
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Seat latch striker | |
| 2 | Seat latch striker cover | |
| 3 | Cab rear trim panel | |
| 4 | W505264 | Seat latch striker bolt (2 required) |
- Fold the rear 60 percent and 40 percent seat backrests forward.
- Remove the 2 screws from the storage compartment.
- Pull to release the clips and position the cab rear trim panel forward to access the seat latch striker.
- Remove the 2 bolts and remove the striker. To install, tighten to 30 Nm (22 lb-ft).
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Seat - Second Row, Bucket
| Item | Specification |
|---|---|
| Threadlock and Sealer TA-25 | WSK-M2G351-A5 |
Material
Note. When installing any seat-to-floor bolts or floor studs, apply threadlock.
Scheme 148
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Bucket seat | |
| 2 | W711175 | Seat-to-floor bolts (M10) (2 required) |
| 3 | N620482 | Seat-to-floor nut |
| 4 | W711952 | Seat-to-floor bolts (M12) (2 required) |
| 5 | Safety belt buckle bolt (part of 60045) | |
| 6 | 60045 | Safety belt buckle |
Note. LH seat shown, RH seat similar.
- Remove the front seat-to-floor nut and bolt.
- Fold the affected bucket seat up to the E-Z entry position.
- Pull up to release and remove the floor riser trim cover.
- Remove the safety belt buckle bolt and the safety belt buckle.
- Remove the 3 seat-to-floor bolts.
- Remove the bucket seat.
- Position the seat in the vehicle.
- Tighten the retainers in the following sequence. Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). Apply threadlock and tighten the remaining 2 bolts in any sequence to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft).
- Position the safety belt buckle and install the bolt. Apply threadlock and tighten to 47 Nm (35 lb-ft).
- Make sure the safety belt and buckles are accessible to the occupants after installation.
- Release all of the seat backrest J-clips. Slightly raise the backrest trim cover.
- Remove all of the staples in the backrest trim cover.
- Pull the seat backrest material up and remove the 4 backrest bolts. Remove the backrest assembly. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
- Remove the head restraint.
- Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clip, separate the hook-and-loop fasteners, remove 2 rows of hog rings and invert the backrest trim cover as high as it will go.
- Squeeze together the tip of the head restraint sleeve and pull the sleeve out of the frame tube.
- Remove the seat backrest trim cover.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
- Release the cushion trim cover J-clips, separate the hook-and-loop fasteners and remove one row of hog rings.
- Release the cable from the seat riser and remove the cushion trim cover.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Seat - Third Row
| Item | Specification |
|---|---|
| Threadlock and Sealer TA-25 | WSK-M2G351-A5 |
Material
Scheme 149
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | W709343 | Pin-type retainers (2 required) |
| 2 | W704734 | Bolts (2 required) |
| 3 | 310A67 | Cargo management system |
Scheme 150
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Third row seat | |
| 2 | W707654 | Floor mounting bracket center rear nut |
| 3 | Power fold seat motor electrical connectors (part of 14B509) | |
| 4 | W710869 | Floor mounting bracket RH nut |
| 5 | W710851 | Floor mounting bracket RH bolts (2 required) |
| 6 | Floor mounting bracket front bolt (part of 613D74) | |
| 7 | 613D74 | Child safety seat tether anchor |
| 8 | W707654 | Floor mounting bracket center front nut |
| 9 | W710869 | Floor mounting bracket LH nut |
| 10 | W710851 | Floor mounting bracket LH bolts (2 required) |
| 11 | W710867 | Floor mounting bracket LH/RH studs (2 required) |
| 12 | W711375 | Floor mounting bracket center studs (2 required) |
All seats
- Remove the 2 pin-type retainers.
- Remove the 2 bolts and the cargo management system.
- Separate any power fold seat wire harness pin-type retainers and disconnect the power fold seat motor electrical connectors.
- Remove the 2 LH and 2 RH floor mounting bracket bolts. To install, apply threadlock and tighten to 20 Nm (15 lb-ft).
- Remove the floor mounting bracket center front and rear nuts. To install, tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
- Remove the floor mounting bracket front bolt and child safety seat tether anchor. To install, apply threadlock and tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
- Remove the floor mounting bracket LH and RH nuts. To install, tighten to 20 Nm (15 lb-ft).
- Remove the third row seat.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure. When installing any seat-to-floor bolts or studs, apply threadlock.
Seat - Exploded View, Third Row
Note. RH backrest shown, LH similar.
Scheme 151
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 611A08 | Head restraint |
| 2 | Head restraint-to-backrest frame bolts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 3 | 613A38 | Backrest frame |
| 4 | 66600 | Backrest trim cover |
| 5 | 66800 | Backrest foam pad |
| 6 | 62418 | Backrest release handle (if equipped) |
| 7 | Hinge cover screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 8 | 61348 | Hinge cover |
| 9 | Hinge-to-backrest frame bolts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 10 | 61382 | Hinge |
| 11 | 61382 | Manual latch |
| 12 | Latch-to-backrest frame bolts (manual and power) (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 13 | 61349 | Latch cover |
| 14 | 61382 | Power latch |
| 15 | Latch cover screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) |
Note. RH cushion shown, LH similar.
Note. Power latch shown, manual latch similar.
Scheme 152
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 63804 | Cushion trim cover |
| 2 | 63840 | Cushion foam pad |
| 3 | 63160 | Cushion frame |
| 4 | Latch-to-cushion frame bolt (manual and power) (part of 605C10) | |
| 5 | Latch-to-floor mounting bracket nuts (manual and power) (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 6 | 61382 | Power latch |
| 7 | 61382 | Hinge |
| 8 | Hinge-to-cushion frame bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 9 | 613E52 | Cushion pivot link assembly |
| 10 | Cushion pivot link assembly-to-cushion frame nuts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 11 | Cushion pivot link assembly-to-floor mounting bracket nuts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 12 | 606A51 | Floor mounting bracket |
| 13 | 611B60 | Safety belt buckle assembly |
| 14 | Safety belt buckle assembly-to-latch nut (power and manual) | |
| 15 | 617C42 | Cover |
- For additional information, refer to the procedures in this article.
All seats
- Fold the backrest not being serviced down.
- Remove 2 bolts and the hinge cover on the backrest being serviced.
- Remove 2 bolts and the latch cover on the backrest being serviced.
- Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clip on the backrest being serviced.
- Release the backrest trim cover side J-clips, hook-and-loop strips and invert the trim cover to expose the 2 hinge-to-backrest frame bolts and the 2 latch-to-backrest frame bolts on the backrest being serviced.
- Separate the cable casing from the latch and remove the cable from the latch lever on the backrest being serviced.
- Remove the 2 hinge-to-backrest frame bolts and the 2 latch-to-backrest frame bolts and remove the backrest. To install, tighten to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
- Fold the backrest not being serviced down.
- Release the backrest trim cover J-clip at the top of the trim cover by the head restraint. Pull the head restraint release strap through the backrest trim cover.
- Remove the 2 head restraint-to-backrest frame bolts and remove the head restraint. To install, tighten to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).
- Remove 2 bolts and the hinge cover.
- Remove 2 bolts and the latch cover.
- Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clip.
- Release the backrest trim cover side J-clips, hook-and-loop strips, invert and remove the backrest trim cover.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
- Position the backrest to the upright position.
- Remove the third row seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Third Row»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-third-row) .
- Remove the latch-to-cushion frame bolt and the hinge-to-cushion frame bolt. To install, tighten to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).
- From under the front of the cushion frame, release the cushion trim cover from the studs to access the 2 cushion pivot link assembly-to-cushion frame nuts.
- Remove the 2 cushion pivot link assembly-to-cushion frame nuts. Remove the cushion assembly. To install, tighten to 22 Nm (16 lb-ft).
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
- Remove the third row seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Third Row»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-third-row) .
- Release the cushion trim cover retainers attached to the bottom of the cushion frame.
- Invert the cushion trim cover, release the hook-and-loop strips and separate the cushion trim cover from the cushion foam pad.
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Note. The power-fold seat motor is serviced with the latch bracket.
LH or RH motors
- Position the backrest with the working motor in the opposite position of the backrest with the motor that is not working.
- Remove the third row seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Third Row»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-third-row) .
- Remove 2 latch-to-floor mounting bracket nuts. To install, tighten to 22 Nm (16 lb-ft).
- From under the RH seat, remove the 2 cushion pivot link assembly-to-cushion frame nuts and remove the RH 50 percent seat from the floor mounting bracket. To install, tighten to 22 Nm (16 lb-ft).
- Remove the latch-to-cushion frame bolt. To install, tighten to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).
- Remove 2 bolts and the latch cover.
- Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clip on the side with the motor being serviced.
- Release the backrest trim cover side J-clips, hook-and-loop strips and invert the trim cover to expose the 2 latch-to-backrest frame bolts on the side with the motor being serviced.
- Remove the 2 latch-to-backrest frame bolts and remove the latch with motor. To install, tighten to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).
- Remove the safety belt buckle assembly-to-latch nut and remove the safety belt buckle assembly. To install, tighten to 75 Nm (55 lb-ft).
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
Note. The third row seat control switches are located in the LH quarter trim panel.
Scheme 153
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Third row seat control switch electrical connectors (part of 14A698) | |
| 2 | 14C715 | Third row LH seat control switch |
| 3 | 14C715 | Third row RH seat control switch |
| 4 | 14D721 | Third row seat control switch bezel |
- Pull out on the third row seat control switch bezel and separate from the LH quarter trim panel.
- Disconnect the third row seat control switch(es), release the retainers and remove the third row seat control switch(es).
- To install, reverse the removal procedure.
LH or RH latch
- Position both of the third row seat backrests up.
- Remove the RH latch-to-cushion frame bolt. To install, tighten to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).
- Remove the LH latch-to-cushion frame bolt. To install, tighten to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).
- Position the third row seat LH backrest down.
- Remove the vehicle jack.
- Remove the 2 bolts and the vehicle jack mounting bracket.
- Remove the 2 screws and the RH latch cover.
- Separate the cable and casing from the RH latch.
- Release the RH seat backrest trim cover lower and inboard J-clips and roll the backrest trim cover up to access the 2 RH latch-to-backrest frame bolts.
- Remove the 2 RH latch-to-backrest frame bolts. To install, tighten to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).
- Remove the floor mounting bracket center front and rear nuts. To install, tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
- Remove the 2 latch-to-floor mounting bracket nuts. To install, tighten to 22 Nm (16 lb-ft).
- Remove the RH latch.
- Position the third row seat LH backrest up and the RH backrest down.
- Remove the 2 screws and the LH latch cover.
- Separate the cable and casing from the LH latch.
- Release the LH seat backrest trim cover lower and inboard J-clips and roll the backrest trim cover up to access the 2 LH latch-to-backrest frame bolts.
- Remove the 2 LH latch-to-backrest frame bolts. To install, tighten to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).
- Remove the LH latch.
- Remove the safety belt buckle assembly-to-latch nut and remove the safety belt buckle assembly. To install, tighten to 75 Nm (55 lb-ft).
- To install, reverse the removal procedure. The latch(es) must be in the backrest fold down position to install.
Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool
Note. Driver backrest shown, passenger backrest similar.
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 14D696 | Backrest heated seat mat (if equipped) |
| 2 | 64417/64811 | Backrest trim cover/backrest foam pad |
| 3 | 65500 | Static lumbar (if equipped) |
| 4 | 65500 | Manual lumbar adjust assembly (if equipped) |
| 5 | 65500 | Power lumbar adjust assembly (if equipped) |
| 6 | 611A08 | Head restraint assembly |
| 7 | 610A18 | Inboard head restraint guide |
| 8 | 610A16 | Outboard head restraint guide |
| 9 | 61018 | Backrest frame (serviced with manual recliners) (if equipped) |
| 10 | 61018 | Backrest frame (serviced with power recliners) (if equipped) |
| 11 | 14547 | Power recline motor (if equipped) |
| 12 | Recliner-to-cushion frame bolts (part of 600A58) | |
| 13 | One-way push clips (if equipped) (part of 14547) | |
| 14 | Screw (if equipped) (part of 600A58) | |
| 15 | 62714 | Recliner shaft (if equipped) |
| 16 | 611D11 | Side air bag module |
| 17 | Side air bag module bolts |
DISASSEMBLY
| WARNING | Always carry or place a live air bag module with the air bag and deployment door/trim cover/tear seam pointed away from the body. Do not set a live air bag module down with the deployment door/trim cover/tear seam face down. Failure to follow these instructions may result in serious personal injury in the event of an accidental deployment. |
| WARNING | Never probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death. |
| WARNING | If the seat side air bag cover has been damaged or separated from its mounting, or if the air bag material has been exposed, install a new seat side air bag module. Never try to repair the seat side air bag module. Failure to follow these instructions may result in the seat side air bag deploying incorrectly, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash. |
| WARNING | Front seat backrest trim covers installed on seats equipped with seat side air bags cannot be repaired. A new trim cover must be installed. Cleaning is permissible. Failure to follow these instructions may result in the seat side air bag module deploying incorrectly and increase the risk of serious personal injury or death in a crash. |
Note. If a side air bag deployment took place a new backrest foam pad, backrest trim cover and side air bag module must be installed. A new backrest frame should be installed if necessary.
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraint control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
Note. The manual recliners and power recliners are serviced as part of the backrest frame.
All seats
- Remove the front seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Front»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-front) .
- Remove the front seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Front»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-front) .
- Remove the head restraint. Using an appropriate tool, push in the hole while lifting up and release the head restraint from the head restraint guide. Push in on the head restraint guide release tab and remove the head restraint.
- Remove the plastic rivets attaching the backrest trim cover to the inboard and outboard recliners.
- Release the backrest trim cover lower J-clip, hook-and-loop strips and invert the trim cover to the first row of hog rings.
- Remove the first row of hog rings.
- Release the hook-and-loop strips, invert the trim cover and remove the second row of hog rings.
- Reach up into the backrest and squeeze the head restraint guide ends together to release. Pull the 2 head restraint guides out of the backrest frame.
- Remove the backrest trim cover.
- For power driver seat, disconnect the backrest heated seat mat electrical connector. If necessary, remove the backrest heated seat mat from the backrest foam pad.
- Separate the backrest foam pad from the backrest frame.
- Release the side air bag module wire harness pin-type retainers, remove the bolts and the side air bag module with wire harness.
- Release the 2 manual lumbar spring clips from the backrest frame and remove the manual lumbar.
- Remove the power lumbar adjust assembly in the following sequence. Disconnect the power lumbar adjust assembly motor electrical connector. Release the 2 power lumbar adjust assembly lower pin-type retainers to the backrest frame. Slide the power lumbar adjust assembly rods out of the backrest frame at the top and remove the power lumbar adjust assembly.
- Remove a one-way push clip from the recliner shaft and remove the recliner shaft.
- Disconnect the electrical connector, remove the screw and the power recline motor.
ASSEMBLY
Seat with power recline
Pinpoint Test U
Seat Backrest - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 611A09 | Head restraint |
| 2 | 610A16 | Head restraint guides (2 required) |
| 3 | 613A39 | Backrest frame |
| 4 | 66601/66801 | Backrest trim cover/backrest foam pad |
| 5 | 601L60 | Kneeling mechanism release handle and cable |
| 6 | Recliner-to-backrest frame bolts (4 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 7 | 61383 | Outboard recliner |
| 8 | Screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 9 | 61383 | Inboard recliner |
DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY
- Remove the second row, 40 percent E-Z entry seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, 60/40, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-6040-e-z) .
- Remove the second row, 40 percent E-Z entry seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-second-row-40) .
- Using an appropriate tool, push in the hole of each head restraint guide while lifting up and remove the head restraint.
- Release the hook-and-loop strips, invert the trim cover as high as it will go.
- From between the backrest foam pad and the backrest frame, reach up, pinch the ends together and remove the 2 head restraint guides.
- Remove the backrest trim cover.
- Separate the backrest foam pad from the backrest frame.
- To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
Seat Backrest - Second Row, 60 Percent, E-Z Entry
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 610D72 | Safety belt bezel |
| 2 | 66600/66800 | Backrest trim cover/backrest foam pad |
| 3 | Pin-type retainer (part of 605C10) | |
| 4 | 613C46 | Safety belt retractor cover |
| 5 | 611B64 | Safety belt retractor |
| 6 | 611D52 | Safety belt retractor insulator |
| 7 | 613A38 | Backrest frame |
| 8 | Head restraint | |
| 9 | 610A16 | Head restraint guides (2 required) |
| 10 | 61382 | Outboard recliner |
| 11 | Outboard recliner-to-backrest frame bolts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 12 | Safety belt anchor bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 13 | 61383 | Inboard recliner |
| 14 | Safety belt retractor bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 15 | Inboard recliner-to-backrest frame bolts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 16 | 601L60 | Kneeling mechanism release handle and cable |
| 17 | Screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 18 | 61349 | Inboard recliner outer cover |
- Remove the second row, 60 percent E-Z entry seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, 60/40, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-6040-e-z) .
- Remove the second row, 60 percent E-Z entry seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 60 Percent, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-second-row-60) .
- Using an appropriate tool, push in the hole of each head restraint guide while lifting up and remove the head restraint.
- Remove the safety belt bezel.
- Release the hook-and-loop strips and invert the trim cover as high as it will go.
- From between the backrest foam pad and the backrest frame, reach up pinch the ends together and remove the 2 head restraint guides.
- Route out the safety belt and remove the backrest trim cover.
- Remove the backrest foam pad from the backrest frame.
- Remove the safety belt retractor cover. Remove the pin-type retainer. Release the rear of the safety belt retractor cover from the backrest frame. Route out the safety belt and remove the safety belt retractor cover.
- Remove the bolt, safety belt retractor and insulator. To install, tighten to 75 Nm (55 lb-ft). If necessary, remove the safety belt retractor insulator.
- To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
Seat Backrest - Second Row, 40 Percent, Bench
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 851334 | Release handle screw |
| 2 | 820015 | Release handle |
| 3 | 851334 | Latch cover screws |
| 4 | 820009 | Latch cover |
| 5 | 611C73 | Safety belt buckle and bolt |
| 6 | 611A08 | Head restraint |
| 7 | 610A16 | Head restraint sleeves |
| 8 | 66601 | Backrest trim cover |
| 9 | 66801 | Backrest foam pad |
| 10 | W505237-S | Upper latch bolts |
| 11 | W505237-S | Upper latch bolts |
| 12 | 613A39 | Backrest frame |
| 13 | W505237-S | Lower latch bolts |
| 14 | W505237-S | Lower latch bolts |
| 15 | 61383 | Latch assembly |
| 16 | 600A87 | Riser frame |
- Remove the second row 60 percent seat of the 60/40 bench seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, Sport Trac»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-sport-trac) or «Seat - Second Row, Explorer, 60/40 Bench»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-explorer-6040) .
- Remove the second row, 40 percent seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 40 Percent, Bench»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-second-row-40) .
- Remove the screw and the release handle.
- Remove the 3 screws and the latch cover.
- Remove the bolt and the safety belt buckle. To install, tighten to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft).
- Remove the head restraint.
- Squeeze together the tip of the head restraint sleeve and pull the sleeve out of the frame tube.
- Separate the hook-and-loop fasteners. Remove the seat backrest trim cover.
- Remove the backrest foam pad.
- Remove the 2 outboard lower latch bolts. To install, tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
- Remove the 2 inboard lower latch bolts. To install, tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
- Remove the latch assembly. Do not separate or disassemble the latch assembly components.
- To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
Seat Backrest - Second Row, 60 Percent, Bench
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 610A16 | Head restraint sleeves |
| 2 | 611A08 | Head restraint |
| 3 | 851282 | Release handle |
| 4 | 851334 | Release handle screw |
| 5 | 851260 | Outboard latch cover |
| 6 | 851334 | Latch cover screws |
| 7 | Outboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 8 | 61382 | Latch assembly (inboard, outboard and cable) |
| 9 | 613A38 | Backrest frame |
| 10 | N807750-S | Safety belt retractor bolt |
| 11 | Seat tether-to-riser frame nut (late production Explorer/Mountaineer) | |
| 12 | Seat tether (late production Explorer/Mountaineer) | |
| 13 | 613C46 | Safety belt retractor cover |
| 14 | 611B64 | Safety belt retractor |
| 15 | 66601 | Backrest trim cover |
| 16 | 610D72 | Safety belt guide cover |
| 17 | 66800 | Backrest foam pad |
| 18 | W505237-S | Outboard latch-to-riser frame bolts |
| 19 | 606A50 | Riser frame |
| 20 | Inboard latch-to-riser frame front bolt (early production with Torx® head) (part of 605C10) | |
| 21 | Inboard latch-to-riser frame front bolt (late production with hex head) | |
| 22 | Safety belt anchor bolt (early production with Torx® head) (part of 605C10) | |
| 23 | Safety belt anchor bolt (late production with hex head) | |
| 24 | Inboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts (part of 605C10) |
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 610D72 | Safety belt guide cover |
| 2 | 66601 | Backrest trim cover |
| 3 | 66800 | Backrest foam pad |
| 4 | 851282 | Release handle |
| 5 | Release handle screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 6 | 61348 | Outboard latch cover |
| 7 | W505273 | Outboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts |
| 8 | 611A08 | Head restraint |
| 9 | 62648 | Latch assembly (outboard, upper and cable) |
| 10 | 610A16 | Head restraint sleeves |
| 11 | 613A38 | Backrest frame |
| 12 | 638A74 | Inner latch cover |
| 13 | Upper latch cover screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 14 | Upper latch-to-backrest frame bolts (part of 605C10) | |
| 15 | Backrest support panel (part of 613A38) | |
| 16 | Backrest support panel screw (part of 613A38) | |
| 17 | 638A74 | Upper latch cover |
| 18 | Upper latch cover screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 19 | W505237 | Outboard latch-to-riser frame bolts |
| 20 | Latch cover screw | |
| 21 | Inboard latch-to-riser frame front bolt (early production with Torx® head) | |
| 22 | Inboard latch-to-riser frame front bolt (late production with hex head) | |
| 23 | 606A50 | Riser frame |
| 24 | Inboard latch | |
| 25 | N807750 | Safety belt retractor bolt |
| 26 | W505237 | Inboard latch-to-backrest frame bolts |
| 27 | 613C46 | Safety belt retractor cover |
| 28 | 611B64 | Safety belt retractor |
| 29 | Safety belt anchor bolt (early production with Torx® head) | |
| 30 | Safety belt anchor bolt (late production with hex head) |
- Remove the second row 60 percent seat of the 60/40 bench seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, Sport Trac»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-sport-trac) or «Seat - Second Row, Explorer, 60/40 Bench»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-explorer-6040) .
- Remove the second row, 60 percent seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 60 Percent, Bench»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-second-row-60) .
- Using an appropriate tool, push in the hole of each head restraint guide while lifting up and remove the head restraint.
- Squeeze together the tip of the head restraint sleeve and pull the sleeve out of the frame tube.
- For Explorer and Mountaineer, pull at the bottom and remove the safety belt guide cover.
- Separate the hook-and-loop fasteners, invert and remove the backrest trim cover. Feed the safety belt out through the backrest trim cover.
- Remove the backrest foam pad.
- Remove the safety belt retractor cover.
- Remove the bolt and the safety belt retractor. To install, tighten to 75 Nm (55 lb-ft).
- Remove the seat tether-to-riser frame nut and the seat tether (if equipped). To install, tighten to 55 Nm (41 lb-ft).
- Remove the screw and the release handle.
- Remove the 3 screws and the outboard latch cover.
- Remove the outboard latch-to-riser frame bolts. To install, tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft). For Sport Trac, remove the outboard and upper latch assembly.
- Remove the inboard latch-to-riser frame front bolt. For Explorer, Mountaineer and early production Sport Trac, remove the latch assembly. For late production Sport Trac, remove the inboard latch. For early production (Torx® head bolt), to install, tighten to 76 Nm (56 lb-ft). For late production (hex head bolt), to install, tighten to 121 Nm (89 lb-ft).
- To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
Seat Backrest - Second Row, Bucket
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 611A08 | Head restraint |
| 2 | 610A16 | Head restraint sleeves (2 required) |
| 3 | 66601 | Backrest trim cover |
| 4 | 66801 | Backrest foam pad |
| 5 | 613A39 | Backrest frame |
- Remove the second row, 40 percent bucket seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, Bucket»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-second-row-bucket) .
- Remove the head restraint.
- Separate the backrest trim cover hook-and-loop fasteners, remove 2 rows of hog rings and invert the backrest trim cover as high as it will go.
- Squeeze together the tip of the head restraint sleeve and pull the sleeve out of the frame tube.
- Remove the backrest trim cover.
- Remove the backrest foam pad from the backrest frame.
- To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
Seat Backrest - Third Row
Note. RH backrest shown, LH similar.
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 611A08 | Head restraint |
| 2 | Head restraint-to-backrest frame bolts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 3 | 613A38 | Backrest frame |
| 4 | 66600 | Backrest trim cover |
| 5 | 66800 | Backrest foam pad |
| 6 | 62418 | Backrest release handle (if equipped) |
| 7 | Hinge cover screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 8 | 61348 | Hinge cover |
| 9 | Hinge-to-backrest frame bolts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 10 | 61382 | Hinge |
| 11 | 61382 | Manual latch |
| 12 | Latch-to-backrest frame bolts (manual and power) (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 13 | 61349 | Latch cover |
| 14 | 61382 | Power latch |
| 15 | Latch cover screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) |
All seats
- Remove the seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Third Row»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-third-row) .
- Release the backrest trim cover J-clip at the top of the trim cover by the head restraint. Pull the head restraint release strap through the backrest trim cover.
- Remove the 2 head restraint-to-backrest frame bolts and remove the head restraint. To install, tighten to 25 Nm (18 lb-ft).
- Release the 3 backrest release handle clips and separate from the backrest.
- Release the hook-and-loop strips, invert and remove the backrest trim cover. If equipped, route the backrest release handle and cable through the backrest trim cover.
- Route the backrest release cable out of the backrest frame and remove the backrest release handle and cable.
- Separate the backrest foam pad from the backrest frame.
- To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
Seat Cushion - Front
Special Tools Illustration Tool Name Tool Number Vehicle Communication Module (VCM) and Integrated Diagnostic System (IDS) software with appropriate hardware, or equivalent scan tool
Note. Power seat track shown, manual seat track similar.
Note. The retention bracket and screw can be used to repair cushion side shields that will not retain to the cushion frame wire.
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Cushion heated seat mat (if equipped) | |
| 2 | 62901/632A23 | Cushion trim cover/cushion foam pad |
| 3 | Cushion frame-to-seat-track nut (4 required) (part of 600A58) | |
| 4 | 63100 | Cushion frame |
| 5 | Safety belt buckle and pretensioner electrical connector cover | |
| 6 | 61203 | Safety belt buckle and pretensioner |
| 7 | Safety belt buckle and pretensioner nut (part of 61203) | |
| 8 | 61711 | Power seat track |
| 9 | 610C00 | Manual lumbar control (if equipped) |
| 10 | Manual lumbar control screw (if equipped) (part of 600A58) | |
| 11 | 14A701 | Seat control switch (if equipped) |
| 12 | Manual recline handle clip (if equipped) (part of 610A76) | |
| 13 | W506943 | Retention bracket screw (if equipped) |
| 14 | 62256 | Retention bracket (if equipped) |
| 15 | 62187 | Cushion side shield |
| 16 | Scrivet (part of 600A58) | |
| 17 | Pin-type retainer (part of 600A58) | |
| 18 | 62622 | Manual recline handle (if equipped) |
| 19 | 14C715 | Seat control switch knob (if equipped) |
| 20 | 14711 | Power recline switch knob (if equipped) |
| 21 | 14711 | Power lumbar switch knob (if equipped) |
| 22 | 617B70 | Manual lumbar control knob (if equipped) |
| 23 | 14A163 | Bracket |
| 24 | Screw (4 required) (part of 600A58) | |
| 25 | 14C719 | Driver seat wire harness |
| 26 | 14C708 | Driver seat module (if equipped) |
| 27 | Screw (2 required) (if equipped) (part of 600A58) |
Note. Manual seat track shown, power seat track similar.
Note. The retention bracket and screw can be used to repair cushion side shields that will not retain to the cushion frame wire.
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 14D698 | Cushion heated seat mat (if equipped) |
| 2 | 62900/632A22 | Cushion trim cover/cushion foam pad |
| 3 | 62622 | Manual recline handle (if equipped) |
| 4 | 617B70 | Manual lumbar control knob (if equipped) |
| 5 | Pin-type retainer (part of 600A58) | |
| 6 | 14C715 | Seat control switch knob (if equipped) |
| 7 | Scrivet (part of 600A58) | |
| 8 | 62186 | Cushion side shield |
| 9 | Manual recline handle clip (part of 610A76) (if equipped) | |
| 10 | 14A701 | Seat control switch (if equipped) |
| 11 | 610C00 | Manual lumbar control (if equipped) |
| 12 | 62256 | Retention bracket (if equipped) |
| 13 | W506943 | Retention bracket screw (if equipped) |
| 14 | Manual lumbar control screw (if equipped) (part of 600A58) | |
| 15 | Cushion frame-to-seat-track nut (4 required) (part of 600A58) | |
| 16 | 63100 | Cushion frame |
| 17 | 14A163 | Bracket |
| 18 | Screw (4 required) (part of 600A58) | |
| 19 | 14B422 | Occupant classification system module (OCSM) |
| 20 | Screw, OCSM (part of 600A58) | |
| 21 | 14A699 | Passenger seat wire harness |
| 22 | Seat track-to-OCS rail bolts (8 required) (part of 600A58) | |
| 23 | 61710 | Manual seat track |
| 24 | 61202 | Safety belt buckle and pretensioner |
| 25 | Safety belt buckle and pretensioner electrical connector cover | |
| 26 | Safety belt buckle and pretensioner nut (part of 61203) | |
| 27 | 62126 | Outboard OCS rail shield |
| 28 | 61708 | Outboard OCS rail |
| 29 | 62127 | Inboard OCS rail shield |
| 30 | Outboard OCS rail electrical connector (part of 14A699) | |
| 31 | Inboard OCS rail electrical connector (part of 14A699) | |
| 32 | 61709 | Inboard OCS rail |
| WARNING | Never probe the electrical connectors on safety belt buckle/retractor pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of the safety belt pretensioners or adaptive load limiting retractors, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death. |
| WARNING | Never probe the electrical connectors on air bag, safety canopy or side air curtain modules. Failure to follow this instruction may result in the accidental deployment of these modules, which increases the risk of serious personal injury or death. |
Note. The air bag warning indicator illuminates when the correct restraints control module (RCM) fuse is removed and the ignition switch is ON.
Note. The supplemental restraint system (SRS) must be fully operational and free of faults before releasing the vehicle to the customer.
All seats
Pinpoint Test U
Seat Cushion - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 2 | 62419 | Recliner handle |
| 3 | 61349 | Outboard recliner outer cover |
| 4 | 61383 | Outboard recliner |
| 5 | Outboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 6 | 601L60 | Cable assembly |
| 7 | 61349 | Outboard recliner inner cover |
| 8 | 63805/63841 | Cushion trim cover/cushion foam pad |
| 9 | Cushion frame-to-kneeling mechanism bolts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 10 | Screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 11 | Cushion frame-to-latch feet assembly bolts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 12 | 601L60 | Kneeling mechanism release handle and cable |
| 13 | 63161 | Cushion frame |
| 14 | Screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 15 | 61348 | Inboard recliner inner cover |
| 16 | Screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 17 | 61383 | Inboard recliner |
| 18 | 611C73 | Safety belt buckle |
| 19 | 61348 | Inboard recliner outer cover |
| 20 | 624B75 | Shock |
| 21 | 61383 | Recliner release shaft |
| 22 | Inboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 23 | Inboard recliner and safety belt buckle-to-cushion frame bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 24 | 61349 | Kneeling mechanism outboard leg outer cover |
| 25 | 61349 | Kneeling mechanism outboard leg inner cover |
| 26 | Screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 27 | 81348 | Kneeling mechanism inboard leg inner cover |
| 28 | Latch feet retracting link-to-kneeling mechanism bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 29 | 61383 | Kneeling mechanism |
| 30 | 81348 | Kneeling mechanism inboard leg outer cover |
| 31 | Kneeling mechanism-to-mounting plate nuts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 32 | Spacer | |
| 33 | 61383 | Latch feet retracting link |
| 34 | Screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 35 | Latch feet retracting link-to-latch feet assembly bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 36 | Screws (part of 605C10) | |
| 37 | Latch feet release bar | |
| 38 | 61383 | Latch feet assembly |
| 39 | 61349 | Outboard latch foot cover |
| 40 | 61348 | Inboard latch foot cover |
| 41 | Screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 42 | 606A51 | Mounting plate |
- Remove the second row 40 percent E-Z entry seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, 60/40, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-6040-e-z) .
- Lower the backrest and position the seat to the E-Z entry position. The latch feet should be released from the mounting plate and the cushion and backrest must be pivoted up.
- Using the kneeling mechanism release handle on the backrest, pull the handle and position the kneeling mechanism down in the fold flat load floor position. The cushion and backrest of the seat will be in the E-Z entry position and the kneeling mechanism will be in the fold flat load floor position.
- Remove the shock from the seat assembly. Pry the retaining clip out and separate the shock at the mounting plate and cushion frame.
- Remove the second row 40 percent E-Z entry seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-second-row-40) .
- Remove 3 screws, recliner handle and outboard recliner outer cover.
- Remove 2 screws and the inboard recliner outer cover.
- Remove the 2 screws and the latch feet release bar.
- Release all the cushion trim cover retainers and pin-type retainers.
- Remove the cushion trim cover and cushion foam pad from the cushion frame.
- Release the hook-and-loop strips and separate the cushion trim cover from the cushion foam pad.
- Remove 2 outboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts and separate the outboard recliner.
- Remove the outboard recliner inner cover.
- Remove the outboard recliner. Rotate the cable casing out of the outboard recliner. NOTE: The cable ends are color coded/keyed to the levers. Rotate the cable ends out of the outboard recliner levers. Remove the outboard recliner.
- Remove the 2 screws, pull to separate and remove the kneeling mechanism inboard leg inner and outer covers.
- Separate the cable to the kneeling mechanism inboard leg. Turn and separate the cable casing retainer at the inboard side of the kneeling mechanism inboard leg. Separate the cable from the kneeling mechanism inboard leg release lever. Remove any cable casing retainers.
- Remove 2 bolts, the spacer and the latch feet retracting link.
- Remove the 2 screws and the 2 latch foot covers.
- Separate the cable and casing from the outboard latch foot. Remove the cable assembly.
- Remove the screw and separate the kneeling mechanism release cable pivot at the inboard recliner.
- Remove the 2 screws, pull to separate and remove the kneeling mechanism outboard leg inner and outer covers.
- Separate the cable to the kneeling mechanism outboard leg and cushion frame. Turn and separate the cable casing retainer at the inboard side of the outboard kneeling mechanism leg. Separate the cable from the outboard kneeling mechanism leg release lever. Separate any cable casing retainers to the cushion frame and remove the cable.
- Remove the 2 inboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts, the safety belt buckle and separate the inboard recliner with recliner release shaft. If necessary, separate the recliner release shaft from the inboard recliner.
- Remove the inboard recliner inner cover.
- Remove the cushion frame. Remove the 2 kneeling mechanism-to-cushion frame bolts. Remove the 2 latch feet assembly-to-cushion frame bolt. Remove the cushion frame.
- Using the release lever, manually release the inboard and outboard latch feet and remove the latch feet assembly.
- Remove the 2 nuts and remove the kneeling mechanism.
Pinpoint Test U
Seat Cushion - Second Row, 60 Percent, E-Z Entry
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Safety belt anchor bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 2 | Safety belt anchor (part of 611B64) | |
| 3 | Inboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 4 | Inboard recliner-to-kneeling mechanism bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 5 | Inboard recliner-to-latch foot assembly bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 6 | 601L60 | Kneeling mechanism release handle and cable |
| 7 | 61383 | Inboard recliner |
| 8 | 61349 | Inboard recliner inner cover |
| 9 | 63804/63840 | Cushion trim cover/cushion foam pad |
| 10 | 63160 | Cushion frame |
| 11 | Cushion frame-to-kneeling mechanism bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 12 | Screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 13 | 61348 | Outboard recliner inner cover |
| 14 | 61382 | Outboard recliner |
| 15 | Outboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 16 | 61348 | Outboard recliner outer cover |
| 17 | 62418 | Recliner handle |
| 18 | Screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 19 | 611C72 | Safety belt buckle assembly |
| 20 | W700883 | Safety belt buckle assembly bolts (2 required) |
| 21 | Cushion frame-to-latch foot assembly bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 22 | 624B74 | Shock |
| 23 | 61382 | Recliner release shaft |
| 24 | 601L60 | Cable assembly |
| 25 | 81349 | Kneeling mechanism inboard leg inner cover |
| 26 | 81348 | Kneeling mechanism outboard leg inner cover |
| 27 | 81349 | Kneeling mechanism inboard leg outer cover |
| 28 | Kneeling mechanism-to-mounting plate nuts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 29 | Screws (4 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 30 | 81348 | Kneeling mechanism outboard leg outer cover |
| 31 | 61382 | Kneeling mechanism |
| 32 | Latch feet retracting link retainer | |
| 33 | 61382 | Latch feet retracting link |
| 34 | Spacer | |
| 35 | Bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 36 | Screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 37 | Latch feet release bar | |
| 38 | 61382 | Latch feet assembly |
| 39 | 61349 | Inboard latch foot cover |
| 40 | 61348 | Outboard latch foot cover |
| 41 | Screws (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 42 | 606A50 | Mounting plate |
- Remove the second row, 60 percent E-Z entry seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, 60/40, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-6040-e-z) .
- Lower the backrest and position the seat to the E-Z entry position. The latch feet should be released from the mounting plate and the cushion and backrest must be pivoted up.
- Using the kneeling mechanism release handle on the backrest, pull the handle and position the kneeling mechanism down in the fold flat load floor position. The cushion and backrest of the seat will be in the E-Z entry position and the kneeling mechanism will be in the fold flat load floor position.
- Remove the shock from the seat assembly. Pry the retaining clip out and separate the shock from the seat assembly at each end.
- Remove the second row 60 percent E-Z entry seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 60 Percent, E-Z Entry»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-second-row-60) .
- Remove 3 screws, recliner handle and outboard recliner outer cover.
- Remove the 2 screws and the latch feet release bar.
- Release all the cushion trim cover retainers and pin-type retainers.
- Remove the cushion trim cover and cushion foam pad from the cushion frame.
- Release the hook-and-loop strips and separate the cushion trim cover from the cushion foam pad.
- Remove 2 outboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts, pull out and separate the outboard recliner.
- Remove the outboard recliner inner cover.
- Remove the outboard recliner. Rotate the cable casing out of the outboard recliner. NOTE: The cable ends are color coded/keyed to the levers. Rotate the cable ends out of the outboard recliner levers. Remove the outboard recliner.
- Remove the 2 screws, pull to separate and remove the kneeling mechanism inboard leg inner and outer covers.
- Remove the 2 screws, pull to separate and remove the kneeling mechanism outboard leg inner and outer covers.
- Remove the bolt and spacer and separate the latch feet retracting link from the latch feet assembly.
- Release the tab and slide the latch feet retracting link retainer back.
- Release the tab and remove the latch feet retracting link from the kneeling mechanism.
- Separate the cable to the kneeling mechanism inboard leg and cushion frame. Turn and separate the cable casing retainer at the inboard side of the kneeling mechanism inboard leg. Separate the cable from the kneeling mechanism inboard leg release lever. Remove the cable casing retainers from the cushion frame.
- Remove the 2 screws and the 2 latch foot covers.
- Separate the cable and casing from the outboard latch foot, cushion support springs and remove the cable assembly.
- Through the opening in the cushion frame, remove the recliner release shaft.
- Separate the kneeling mechanism cable pivot at the inboard recliner.
- Remove the kneeling mechanism release handle with cable. Turn and separate the cable casing retainer at the inboard side of the outboard kneeling mechanism leg. Separate the cable from the outboard kneeling mechanism leg release lever. Separate any cable casing retainers to the cushion frame and remove the kneeling mechanism release handle with cable.
- Remove the cushion frame. Remove the cushion frame-to-kneeling mechanism bolt. Remove the cushion frame-to-latch foot assembly bolt. Remove the 2 inboard recliner-to-cushion frame bolts. Remove the cushion frame.
- Remove the 2 bolts and the safety belt buckles.
- Remove the inboard recliner. Remove the inboard recliner-to-kneeling mechanism bolt. Remove the inboard recliner-to-latch feet assembly bolt. Remove the inboard recliner. Remove the inboard recliner inner cover.
- Using the release levers, manually release the inboard and outboard latch feet and remove the latch feet assembly from the mounting plate.
- Remove the 2 kneeling mechanism-to-mounting plate nuts and remove the kneeling mechanism.
Pinpoint Test U
Seat Cushion - Second Row, 40 Percent, Bench
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 854182 | Latch cover screws |
| 2 | 820011 | Latch cover |
| 3 | 854182 | Latch cover screws |
| 4 | 851264 | Latch cover |
| 5 | Rear seat 40 percent of 60/40 upper pivot latch bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 6 | Rear seat 40 percent of 60/40 upper pivot latch bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 7 | 63805 | Cushion trim cover |
| 8 | 63841 | Cushion foam pad |
| 9 | 63844 | Cushion pad support |
| 10 | 631B79 | Seat cushion frame |
- Remove the second row 40 percent seat of the 60/40 bench seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, Sport Trac»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-sport-trac) or «Seat - Second Row, Explorer, 60/40 Bench»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-explorer-6040) .
- Remove the second row, 40 percent bench seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 40 Percent, Bench»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-second-row-40) .
- Release the J-clips, separate the hook-and-loop fasteners and remove the seat cushion trim cover.
- Remove the cushion foam pad.
- Remove the cushion pad supports.
- To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
Seat Cushion - Second Row, 60 Percent, Bench
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 854182 | Latch cover screws |
| 2 | 820007 | Latch cover |
| 3 | 854182 | Latch cover screws |
| 4 | 851262 | Latch cover |
| 5 | Rear seat 60 percent of 60/40 upper pivot latch bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 6 | Rear seat 60 percent of 60/40 upper pivot latch bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 7 | 63805 | Cushion trim cover |
| 8 | 63840 | Cushion foam pad |
| 9 | 63844 | Cushion pad support |
| 10 | 63844 | Cushion pad support |
| 11 | 631B79 | Seat cushion frame |
- Remove the second row 60 percent seat of the 60/40 bench seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, Sport Trac»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-sport-trac) or «Seat - Second Row, Explorer, 60/40 Bench»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-explorer-6040) .
- Remove the second row 60 percent bench seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, 60 Percent, Bench»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-second-row-60) .
- Remove the inboard upper pivot latch bolt. To install, tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
- Release the J-clips, separate the hook-and-loop fasteners, remove the hog rings and the cushion trim cover.
- Remove the cushion foam pad.
- Remove 2 cushion pad supports.
- To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
Seat Cushion - Second Row, Bucket
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Upper latch bolts (part of 605C10) (2 required) | |
| 2 | Upper latch bolts (part of 605C10) (2 required) | |
| 3 | Release handle screw (part of 605C10) | |
| 4 | 62419 | Release handle |
| 5 | 56906-S | Latch cover screws (2 required) |
| 6 | 61349 | Latch covers (2 required) |
| 7 | 56906-S | Latch cover screws (2 required) |
| 8 | 61349 | Latch covers (2 required) |
| 9 | 63805 | Cushion trim cover |
| 10 | 63841 | Cushion foam pad |
| 11 | 56906-S | Lower latch cover screw |
| 12 | 56906-S | Lower latch cover screw |
| 13 | 61349 | Lower latch covers (2 required) |
| 14 | Lower latch bolts (part of 605C10) (2 required) | |
| 15 | Lower latch bolts (part of 605C10) (2 required) | |
| 16 | 61383 | Latch |
| 17 | Outboard lower latch nuts (part of 605C10) (2 required) | |
| 18 | 61383 | Latch pivot |
| 19 | 7801L60 | Riser attachment cable |
| 20 | 61332 | Torsion rod |
| 21 | 63844 | Cushion pad support |
| 22 | Front spring hinge bolts (part of 605C10) (2 required) | |
| 23 | 605A76 | Pivot springs (2 required) |
| 24 | 631B79 | Seat cushion frame |
| 25 | 600A87 | Floor riser |
Note. LH seat shown, RH similar.
- Remove the second row bucket seat. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Second Row, Bucket»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-second-row-bucket) .
- Remove the second row bucket seat backrest. For additional information, refer to «Seat Backrest - Second Row, Bucket»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-backrest-second-row-bucket) .
- Remove the screw and the release handle.
- Remove the 2 screws and the 2 LH latch covers.
- Remove the 2 screws and the 2 RH latch covers.
- Release the cushion trim cover J-clips, separate the hook-and-loop fasteners and remove one row of hog rings.
- Release the cable from the seat riser and remove the cushion trim cover.
- Remove the seat cushion foam pad.
- Remove the 2 lower latch cover screws and the 2 LH lower latch covers.
- Remove the 4 latch bolts and the latch pivot. To install, tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
- Remove the 2 latch nuts and separate the latch assembly. To install, tighten to 40 Nm (30 lb-ft).
- Remove the riser attachment cable and the latch assembly.
- Remove the torsion rod and the cushion pad support.
- Remove the front spring hinge bolts, springs and seat cushion frame assembly. To install, tighten to 23 Nm (17 lb-ft).
- To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
Seat Cushion - Third Row
Note. RH cushion shown, LH similar.
Note. Power latch shown, manual latch similar.
| Item | Part Number | Description |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | 63804 | Cushion trim cover |
| 2 | 63840 | Cushion foam pad |
| 3 | 63160 | Cushion frame |
| 4 | Latch-to-cushion frame bolt (manual and power) (part of 605C10) | |
| 5 | Latch-to-floor mounting bracket nuts (manual and power) (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 6 | 61382 | Power latch |
| 7 | 61382 | Hinge |
| 8 | Hinge-to-cushion frame bolt (part of 605C10) | |
| 9 | 613E52 | Cushion pivot link assembly |
| 10 | Cushion pivot link assembly-to-cushion frame nuts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 11 | Cushion pivot link assembly-to-floor mounting bracket nuts (2 required) (part of 605C10) | |
| 12 | 606A51 | Floor mounting bracket |
| 13 | 611B60 | Safety belt buckle assembly |
| 14 | Safety belt buckle assembly-to-latch nut (power and manual) | |
| 15 | 617C42 | Cover |
- Remove the third row seat from the vehicle. For additional information, refer to «Seat - Third Row»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-third-row) .
- Remove the third row cushion. For additional information, refer to «Seat Cushion - Third Row»(/ford/explorer-sport-trac/ii-2006-2010/remont/seats/#seat-system__seat-cushion-third-row) .
- Release the cushion trim cover J-clips attached to the bottom of the cushion frame.
- Remove the cushion foam pad and trim cover from the cushion frame.
- Invert the cushion trim cover, release the hook-and-loop strips and separate the cushion trim cover from the cushion foam pad.
- To assemble, reverse the disassembly procedure.
See also:
• HANDLES, LOCKS, LATCHES AND ENTRY SYSTEMS
• MULTIFUNCTION ELECTRONIC MODULES
• MODULE CONFIGURATION
• BRAKE SYSTEM - GENERAL INFORMATION
• INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (IC), MESSAGE CENTER, AND WARNING CHIMES
• SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
• MODULE COMMUNICATIONS NETWORK
• BATTERY, MOUNTING AND CABLES
• AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 5R55S
• AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE/TRANSMISSION - 6R60
• STEERING COLUMN SWITCHES
• INTERIOR LIGHTING
• Memory Position Programming
• Driver Seat Module (DSM) DTC Table
• Smart Junction Box (SJB) DTC Table
• Pinpoint Test J
• Pinpoint Test I
• Pinpoint Test P
• Pinpoint Test A
• Pinpoint Test B
• Pinpoint Test C
• Pinpoint Test D
• Pinpoint Test E
• Pinpoint Test F
• Pinpoint Test G
• Pinpoint Test H
• Pinpoint Test K
• Pinpoint Test L
• Pinpoint Test M
• Pinpoint Test N
• Pinpoint Test O
• Pinpoint Test Q
• Pinpoint Test R
• Pinpoint Test S
• Pinpoint Test T
• Pinpoint Test U
• Inspection and Verification
• Seat Control Switch
• Seat - Front
• Seat Track
• Seat Recliner Motor
• Lumbar Assembly
• Seat Cushion - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry
• Seat Cushion - Second Row, 60 Percent, E-Z Entry
• Seat Backrest - Front
• Seat - Second Row, 60/40, E-Z Entry
• Seat Backrest - Second Row, 40 Percent E-Z Entry
• Seat Backrest - Second Row, 60 Percent, E-Z Entry
• Seat - Second Row, Sport Trac
• Seat - Second Row, Explorer, 60/40 Bench
• Seat - Third Row
• Seat Backrest - Second Row, Bucket
• Seat Backrest - Third Row
• Seat - Second Row, Bucket
• Seat Cushion - Third Row